##// END OF EJS Templates
i18n-zh_CN: split messages into paragraphs
Martin Geisler -
r11400:e5b7841e default
parent child Browse files
Show More
This diff has been collapsed as it changes many lines, (5525 lines changed) Show them Hide them
@@ -1,26 +1,25 b''
1 #
2 1 # Chinese (simplified) translation for Mercurial
3 2 # This file is distributed under the same license as Mercurial
4 #
3 #
5 4 # Copyright (C) 2009 the Mercurial team
6 5 # Dongsheng Song <dongsheng.song@gmail.com>, 2009
7 #
6 #
8 7 # Update with pot file:
9 8 # msgmerge --update zh_CN.po hg.pot
10 9 # msgfmt --statistics -c zh_CN.po
11 #
10 #
12 11 # Please test your translation before commit:
13 12 # python setup.py build_py -c -d . build_ext -i build_mo
14 13 # LC_ALL=zh_CN.UTF-8 ./hg
15 #
14 #
16 15 # Please format your translation before commit:
17 16 # msgcat --width=80 --sort-by-file -o zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
18 17 # mv -f zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
19 #
18 #
20 19 # Please remove '#: filename:line' lines before submit to hg:
21 20 # msgcat --width=80 --no-location -o zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
22 21 # mv -f zh_CN_new.po zh_CN.po
23 #
22 #
24 23 # Dictionary:
25 24 # blame 追溯
26 25 # branch 分支
@@ -43,7 +42,7 b''
43 42 # versioned 受版本控制
44 43 # working copy 工作副本
45 44 # ...
46 #
45 #
47 46 msgid ""
48 47 msgstr ""
49 48 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial 1.3\n"
@@ -55,8 +54,8 b' msgstr ""'
55 54 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
56 55 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
57 56 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
57 "X-Poedit-Language: Chinese\n"
58 58 "Generated-By: pygettext.py 1.5\n"
59 "X-Poedit-Language: Chinese\n"
60 59 "X-Poedit-Country: CHINA\n"
61 60
62 61 #, python-format
@@ -69,62 +68,72 b' msgstr "\xe9\x80\x89\xe9\xa1\xb9"'
69 68 msgid "COMMANDS"
70 69 msgstr "命令"
71 70
72 msgid ""
73 " options:\n"
74 "\n"
75 msgstr ""
76 " 选项:\n"
77 "\n"
78
79 #, python-format
80 msgid ""
81 " aliases: %s\n"
82 "\n"
83 msgstr ""
84 " 别名: %s\n"
85 "\n"
86
87 msgid ""
88 "hooks for controlling repository access\n"
89 "\n"
71 msgid " options:"
72 msgstr " 选项:"
73
74 #, python-format
75 msgid " aliases: %s"
76 msgstr " 别名: %s"
77
78 msgid "hooks for controlling repository access"
79 msgstr ""
80
81 msgid ""
90 82 "This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
91 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets.\n"
92 "\n"
83 "of a repository when receiving incoming changesets."
84 msgstr ""
85
86 msgid ""
93 87 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
94 88 "system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
95 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative).\n"
96 "\n"
89 "changeset (since the latter is merely informative)."
90 msgstr ""
91
92 msgid ""
97 93 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
98 94 "preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
99 95 "pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
100 96 "interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
101 97 "Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
102 "is no way to distinguish them.\n"
103 "\n"
104 "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::\n"
105 "\n"
98 "is no way to distinguish them."
99 msgstr ""
100
101 msgid "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::"
102 msgstr ""
103
104 msgid ""
106 105 " [extensions]\n"
107 " acl =\n"
108 "\n"
106 " acl ="
107 msgstr ""
108
109 msgid ""
109 110 " [hooks]\n"
110 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook\n"
111 "\n"
111 " pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook"
112 msgstr ""
113
114 msgid ""
112 115 " [acl]\n"
113 116 " # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
114 117 " # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
115 " sources = serve\n"
116 "\n"
118 " sources = serve"
119 msgstr ""
120
121 msgid ""
117 122 "The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
118 123 "syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
119 124 "corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
120 "is. ::\n"
121 "\n"
125 "is. ::"
126 msgstr ""
127
128 msgid ""
122 129 " [acl.allow]\n"
123 130 " # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
124 131 " # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
125 132 " docs/** = doc_writer\n"
126 " .hgtags = release_engineer\n"
127 "\n"
133 " .hgtags = release_engineer"
134 msgstr ""
135
136 msgid ""
128 137 " [acl.deny]\n"
129 138 " # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
130 139 " # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
@@ -164,38 +173,47 b' msgstr "acl: \xe7\x94\xa8\xe6\x88\xb7 %s \xe8\xa2\xab\xe6\x8b\x92\xe7\xbb\x9d\xe8\xae\xbf\xe9\x97\xae %s\\n"'
164 173 msgid "acl: allowing changeset %s\n"
165 174 msgstr "acl: 允许修改集 %s\n"
166 175
167 msgid ""
168 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
169 "\n"
176 msgid "track a line of development with movable markers"
177 msgstr ""
178
179 msgid ""
170 180 "Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
171 181 "points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
172 182 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
173 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset.\n"
174 "\n"
183 "bookmark shifts to the new changeset."
184 msgstr ""
185
186 msgid ""
175 187 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
176 "merge, hg update).\n"
177 "\n"
188 "merge, hg update)."
189 msgstr ""
190
191 msgid ""
178 192 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
179 193 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
180 194 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
181 "your .hgrc::\n"
182 "\n"
195 "your .hgrc::"
196 msgstr ""
197
198 msgid ""
183 199 " [bookmarks]\n"
184 " track.current = True\n"
185 "\n"
200 " track.current = True"
201 msgstr ""
202
203 msgid ""
186 204 "This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
187 205 "using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
188 206 "branching.\n"
189 207 msgstr ""
190 208
191 209 msgid ""
192 "track a line of development with movable markers\n"
193 "\n"
194 210 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
195 211 " committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
196 212 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
197 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark.\n"
198 "\n"
213 " 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark."
214 msgstr ""
215
216 msgid ""
199 217 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
200 218 " directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
201 219 " a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
@@ -236,117 +254,171 b' msgstr "\xe6\x94\xb9\xe5\x90\x8d\xe6\x8c\x87\xe5\xae\x9a\xe4\xb9\xa6\xe7\xad\xbe"'
236 254 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
237 255 msgstr ""
238 256
239 msgid ""
240 "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker\n"
241 "\n"
257 msgid "hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker"
258 msgstr ""
259
260 msgid ""
242 261 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
243 262 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
244 "bug status.\n"
245 "\n"
263 "bug status."
264 msgstr ""
265
266 msgid ""
246 267 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
247 "installations using MySQL are supported.\n"
248 "\n"
268 "installations using MySQL are supported."
269 msgstr ""
270
271 msgid ""
249 272 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
250 273 "emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
251 274 "'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
252 275 "subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
253 276 "be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
254 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.\n"
255 "\n"
277 "ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately."
278 msgstr ""
279
280 msgid ""
256 281 "The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
257 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:\n"
258 "\n"
282 "sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:"
283 msgstr ""
284
285 msgid ""
259 286 "host\n"
260 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.\n"
261 "\n"
287 " Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database."
288 msgstr ""
289
290 msgid ""
262 291 "db\n"
263 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n"
264 "\n"
292 " Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'."
293 msgstr ""
294
295 msgid ""
265 296 "user\n"
266 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n"
267 "\n"
297 " Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'."
298 msgstr ""
299
300 msgid ""
268 301 "password\n"
269 " Password to use to access MySQL server.\n"
270 "\n"
302 " Password to use to access MySQL server."
303 msgstr ""
304
305 msgid ""
271 306 "timeout\n"
272 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n"
273 "\n"
307 " Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5."
308 msgstr ""
309
310 msgid ""
274 311 "version\n"
275 312 " Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
276 313 " '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
277 " to 2.18.\n"
278 "\n"
314 " to 2.18."
315 msgstr ""
316
317 msgid ""
279 318 "bzuser\n"
280 319 " Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
281 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n"
282 "\n"
320 " committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user."
321 msgstr ""
322
323 msgid ""
283 324 "bzdir\n"
284 325 " Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
285 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
286 "\n"
326 " '/var/www/html/bugzilla'."
327 msgstr ""
328
329 msgid ""
287 330 "notify\n"
288 331 " The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
289 332 " emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
290 333 " and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
291 334 " from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
292 " %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
293 "\n"
335 " %(id)s %(user)s\"."
336 msgstr ""
337
338 msgid ""
294 339 "regexp\n"
295 340 " Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
296 341 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
297 342 " 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
298 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.\n"
299 "\n"
343 " 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive."
344 msgstr ""
345
346 msgid ""
300 347 "style\n"
301 " The style file to use when formatting comments.\n"
302 "\n"
348 " The style file to use when formatting comments."
349 msgstr ""
350
351 msgid ""
303 352 "template\n"
304 353 " Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
305 354 " specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
306 " extension specifies::\n"
307 "\n"
355 " extension specifies::"
356 msgstr ""
357
358 msgid ""
308 359 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
309 360 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
310 361 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
311 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.\n"
312 "\n"
362 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories."
363 msgstr ""
364
365 msgid ""
313 366 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
314 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
315 "\n"
367 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'"
368 msgstr ""
369
370 msgid ""
316 371 "strip\n"
317 372 " The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
318 " {webroot}. Default 0.\n"
319 "\n"
373 " {webroot}. Default 0."
374 msgstr ""
375
376 msgid ""
320 377 "usermap\n"
321 378 " Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
322 379 " mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
323 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section.\n"
324 "\n"
380 " line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section."
381 msgstr ""
382
383 msgid ""
325 384 "The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
326 385 "committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
327 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
328 "\n"
329 "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:\n"
330 "\n"
386 "\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\""
387 msgstr ""
388
389 msgid "Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:"
390 msgstr ""
391
392 msgid ""
331 393 "baseurl\n"
332 394 " Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
333 " templates as {hgweb}.\n"
334 "\n"
335 "Activating the extension::\n"
336 "\n"
395 " templates as {hgweb}."
396 msgstr ""
397
398 msgid "Activating the extension::"
399 msgstr ""
400
401 msgid ""
337 402 " [extensions]\n"
338 " bugzilla =\n"
339 "\n"
403 " bugzilla ="
404 msgstr ""
405
406 msgid ""
340 407 " [hooks]\n"
341 408 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
342 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook\n"
343 "\n"
344 "Example configuration:\n"
345 "\n"
409 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook"
410 msgstr ""
411
412 msgid "Example configuration:"
413 msgstr ""
414
415 msgid ""
346 416 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
347 417 "repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
348 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::\n"
349 "\n"
418 "installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::"
419 msgstr ""
420
421 msgid ""
350 422 " [bugzilla]\n"
351 423 " host=localhost\n"
352 424 " password=XYZZY\n"
@@ -356,20 +428,28 b' msgid ""'
356 428 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
357 429 " {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
358 430 " {desc}\\n\n"
359 " strip=5\n"
360 "\n"
431 " strip=5"
432 msgstr ""
433
434 msgid ""
361 435 " [web]\n"
362 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg\n"
363 "\n"
436 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg"
437 msgstr ""
438
439 msgid ""
364 440 " [usermap]\n"
365 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n"
366 "\n"
367 "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::\n"
368 "\n"
441 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com"
442 msgstr ""
443
444 msgid "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::"
445 msgstr ""
446
447 msgid ""
369 448 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
370 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n"
371 "\n"
372 " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
449 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642"
450 msgstr ""
451
452 msgid " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
373 453 msgstr ""
374 454
375 455 #, python-format
@@ -447,9 +527,11 b' msgid "command to display child changese'
447 527 msgstr "列出子修改集的命令"
448 528
449 529 #, fuzzy
450 msgid ""
451 "show the children of the given or working directory revision\n"
452 "\n"
530 msgid "show the children of the given or working directory revision"
531 msgstr "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲"
532
533 #, fuzzy
534 msgid ""
453 535 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
454 536 " revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
455 537 " be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
@@ -457,8 +539,6 b' msgid ""'
457 539 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
458 540 " "
459 541 msgstr ""
460 "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲\n"
461 "\n"
462 542 " 显示工作目录的父亲版本。如果使用 '--rev' 指定版本,就显示此版本的\n"
463 543 " 父亲。如果指定了文件,那么使用此文件最后修改的版本(工作目录的起源\n"
464 544 " 版本,或 '--rev' 指定的版本)。\n"
@@ -481,38 +561,55 b' msgstr ""'
481 561 msgid "generating stats: %d%%"
482 562 msgstr ""
483 563
484 msgid ""
485 "histogram of changes to the repository\n"
486 "\n"
564 msgid "histogram of changes to the repository"
565 msgstr ""
566
567 msgid ""
487 568 " This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
488 569 " of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
489 570 " template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
490 571 " The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
491 " date instead.\n"
492 "\n"
572 " date instead."
573 msgstr ""
574
575 msgid ""
493 576 " Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
494 577 " alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
495 " --changesets option is specified.\n"
496 "\n"
497 " Examples::\n"
498 "\n"
578 " --changesets option is specified."
579 msgstr ""
580
581 msgid " Examples::"
582 msgstr ""
583
584 msgid ""
499 585 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
500 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n"
501 "\n"
586 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'"
587 msgstr ""
588
589 msgid ""
502 590 " # display daily activity graph\n"
503 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c\n"
504 "\n"
591 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c"
592 msgstr ""
593
594 msgid ""
505 595 " # display activity of developers by month\n"
506 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c\n"
507 "\n"
596 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c"
597 msgstr ""
598
599 msgid ""
508 600 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
509 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s\n"
510 "\n"
601 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s"
602 msgstr ""
603
604 msgid ""
511 605 " It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
512 " by providing a file using the following format::\n"
513 "\n"
514 " <alias email> <actual email>\n"
515 "\n"
606 " by providing a file using the following format::"
607 msgstr ""
608
609 msgid " <alias email> <actual email>"
610 msgstr ""
611
612 msgid ""
516 613 " Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
517 614 " a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
518 615 " "
@@ -550,38 +647,50 b' msgstr ""'
550 647 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]"
551 648 msgstr ""
552 649
553 msgid ""
554 "colorize output from some commands\n"
555 "\n"
650 msgid "colorize output from some commands"
651 msgstr ""
652
653 msgid ""
556 654 "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n"
557 655 "to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
558 656 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
559 657 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
560 "whitespace.\n"
561 "\n"
658 "whitespace."
659 msgstr ""
660
661 msgid ""
562 662 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
563 663 "also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
564 664 "function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
565 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.\n"
566 "\n"
567 "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::\n"
568 "\n"
665 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text."
666 msgstr ""
667
668 msgid "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::"
669 msgstr ""
670
671 msgid ""
569 672 " [color]\n"
570 673 " status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
571 674 " status.added = green bold\n"
572 675 " status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
573 676 " status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
574 677 " status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
575 " status.ignored = black bold\n"
576 "\n"
678 " status.ignored = black bold"
679 msgstr ""
680
681 msgid ""
577 682 " # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
578 683 " status.clean = none\n"
579 " status.copied = none\n"
580 "\n"
684 " status.copied = none"
685 msgstr ""
686
687 msgid ""
581 688 " qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
582 689 " qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
583 " qseries.missing = red bold\n"
584 "\n"
690 " qseries.missing = red bold"
691 msgstr ""
692
693 msgid ""
585 694 " diff.diffline = bold\n"
586 695 " diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
587 696 " diff.file_a = red bold\n"
@@ -606,11 +715,13 b' msgstr ""'
606 715 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
607 716 msgstr ""
608 717
609 msgid ""
610 "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n"
611 "\n"
612 " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:\n"
613 "\n"
718 msgid "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one."
719 msgstr ""
720
721 msgid " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:"
722 msgstr ""
723
724 msgid ""
614 725 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
615 726 " - CVS [cvs]\n"
616 727 " - Darcs [darcs]\n"
@@ -619,72 +730,103 b' msgid ""'
619 730 " - Monotone [mtn]\n"
620 731 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
621 732 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
622 " - Perforce [p4]\n"
623 "\n"
624 " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n"
625 "\n"
733 " - Perforce [p4]"
734 msgstr ""
735
736 msgid " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:"
737 msgstr ""
738
739 msgid ""
626 740 " - Mercurial [hg]\n"
627 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)\n"
628 "\n"
741 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)"
742 msgstr ""
743
744 msgid ""
629 745 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
630 746 " Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
631 " (given in a format understood by the source).\n"
632 "\n"
747 " (given in a format understood by the source)."
748 msgstr ""
749
750 msgid ""
633 751 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
634 752 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
635 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created.\n"
636 "\n"
753 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created."
754 msgstr ""
755
756 msgid ""
637 757 " By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
638 758 " Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
639 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:\n"
640 "\n"
759 " order. Sort modes have the following effects:"
760 msgstr ""
761
762 msgid ""
641 763 " --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
642 764 " which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
643 " the other. It generates more compact repositories.\n"
644 "\n"
765 " the other. It generates more compact repositories."
766 msgstr ""
767
768 msgid ""
645 769 " --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
646 770 " good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
647 771 " magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
648 " --branchsort.\n"
649 "\n"
772 " --branchsort."
773 msgstr ""
774
775 msgid ""
650 776 " --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
651 " supported by Mercurial sources.\n"
652 "\n"
777 " supported by Mercurial sources."
778 msgstr ""
779
780 msgid ""
653 781 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
654 782 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
655 783 " that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
656 " revision, like so::\n"
657 "\n"
658 " <source ID> <destination ID>\n"
659 "\n"
784 " revision, like so::"
785 msgstr ""
786
787 msgid " <source ID> <destination ID>"
788 msgstr ""
789
790 msgid ""
660 791 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
661 792 " updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
662 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.\n"
663 "\n"
793 " and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits."
794 msgstr ""
795
796 msgid ""
664 797 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
665 798 " source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
666 799 " for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
667 800 " CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
668 " srcauthor=whatever string you want\n"
669 "\n"
801 " srcauthor=whatever string you want"
802 msgstr ""
803
804 msgid ""
670 805 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
671 806 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
672 " contain one of the following directives::\n"
673 "\n"
674 " include path/to/file\n"
675 "\n"
676 " exclude path/to/file\n"
677 "\n"
678 " rename from/file to/file\n"
679 "\n"
807 " contain one of the following directives::"
808 msgstr ""
809
810 msgid " include path/to/file"
811 msgstr ""
812
813 msgid " exclude path/to/file"
814 msgstr ""
815
816 msgid " rename from/file to/file"
817 msgstr ""
818
819 msgid ""
680 820 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
681 821 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
682 822 " exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
683 823 " included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
684 824 " be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
685 825 " rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
686 " '.' as the path to rename to.\n"
687 "\n"
826 " '.' as the path to rename to."
827 msgstr ""
828
829 msgid ""
688 830 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
689 831 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
690 832 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
@@ -694,8 +836,10 b' msgid ""'
694 836 " revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n"
695 837 " format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n"
696 838 " (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n"
697 " should be used as the new parents for that node.\n"
698 "\n"
839 " should be used as the new parents for that node."
840 msgstr ""
841
842 msgid ""
699 843 " The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
700 844 " being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
701 845 " conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
@@ -705,11 +849,15 b' msgid ""'
705 849 " \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
706 850 " repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
707 851 " destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
708 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch.\n"
709 "\n"
852 " in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch."
853 msgstr ""
854
855 msgid ""
710 856 " Mercurial Source\n"
711 " ----------------\n"
712 "\n"
857 " ----------------"
858 msgstr ""
859
860 msgid ""
713 861 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
714 862 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
715 863 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
@@ -718,11 +866,15 b' msgid ""'
718 866 " store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
719 867 " change)\n"
720 868 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
721 " convert start revision and its descendants\n"
722 "\n"
869 " convert start revision and its descendants"
870 msgstr ""
871
872 msgid ""
723 873 " CVS Source\n"
724 " ----------\n"
725 "\n"
874 " ----------"
875 msgstr ""
876
877 msgid ""
726 878 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
727 879 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
728 880 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
@@ -731,25 +883,35 b' msgid ""'
731 883 " commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
732 884 " filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
733 885 " converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
734 " sandbox is ignored.\n"
735 "\n"
886 " sandbox is ignored."
887 msgstr ""
888
889 msgid ""
736 890 " Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect\n"
737 891 " individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS\n"
738 892 " source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can\n"
739 " be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::\n"
740 "\n"
741 " --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n"
742 "\n"
743 " This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.\n"
744 "\n"
745 " The options shown are the defaults.\n"
746 "\n"
747 " Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::\n"
748 "\n"
749 " --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n"
750 "\n"
751 " and has a few more configurable options:\n"
752 "\n"
893 " be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::"
894 msgstr ""
895
896 msgid " --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'"
897 msgstr ""
898
899 msgid " This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4."
900 msgstr ""
901
902 msgid " The options shown are the defaults."
903 msgstr ""
904
905 msgid " Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::"
906 msgstr ""
907
908 msgid " --config convert.cvsps=builtin"
909 msgstr ""
910
911 msgid " and has a few more configurable options:"
912 msgstr ""
913
914 msgid ""
753 915 " --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
754 916 " Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
755 917 " debugging purposes.\n"
@@ -767,15 +929,21 b' msgid ""'
767 929 " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
768 930 " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
769 931 " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
770 " regex as the second parent of the changeset.\n"
771 "\n"
932 " regex as the second parent of the changeset."
933 msgstr ""
934
935 msgid ""
772 936 " The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin\n"
773 937 " changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
774 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.\n"
775 "\n"
938 " parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1."
939 msgstr ""
940
941 msgid ""
776 942 " Subversion Source\n"
777 " -----------------\n"
778 "\n"
943 " -----------------"
944 msgstr ""
945
946 msgid ""
779 947 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
780 948 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
781 949 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
@@ -785,58 +953,80 b' msgid ""'
785 953 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
786 954 " can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
787 955 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
788 " detection.\n"
789 "\n"
956 " detection."
957 msgstr ""
958
959 msgid ""
790 960 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
791 961 " specify the directory containing branches\n"
792 962 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
793 963 " specify the directory containing tags\n"
794 964 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
795 " specify the name of the trunk branch\n"
796 "\n"
965 " specify the name of the trunk branch"
966 msgstr ""
967
968 msgid ""
797 969 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
798 970 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
799 " conversions are supported.\n"
800 "\n"
971 " conversions are supported."
972 msgstr ""
973
974 msgid ""
801 975 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
802 " specify start Subversion revision.\n"
803 "\n"
976 " specify start Subversion revision."
977 msgstr ""
978
979 msgid ""
804 980 " Perforce Source\n"
805 " ---------------\n"
806 "\n"
981 " ---------------"
982 msgstr ""
983
984 msgid ""
807 985 " The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
808 986 " client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
809 987 " source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
810 988 " and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
811 989 " usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
812 " target may be named ...-hg.\n"
813 "\n"
990 " target may be named ...-hg."
991 msgstr ""
992
993 msgid ""
814 994 " It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
815 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision.\n"
816 "\n"
995 " converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision."
996 msgstr ""
997
998 msgid ""
817 999 " --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
818 " specify initial Perforce revision.\n"
819 "\n"
1000 " specify initial Perforce revision."
1001 msgstr ""
1002
1003 msgid ""
820 1004 " Mercurial Destination\n"
821 " ---------------------\n"
822 "\n"
1005 " ---------------------"
1006 msgstr ""
1007
1008 msgid ""
823 1009 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
824 1010 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
825 1011 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
826 1012 " tag revisions branch name\n"
827 1013 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
828 " preserve branch names\n"
829 "\n"
830 " "
831 msgstr ""
832
833 msgid ""
834 "create changeset information from CVS\n"
835 "\n"
1014 " preserve branch names"
1015 msgstr ""
1016
1017 msgid " "
1018 msgstr ""
1019
1020 msgid "create changeset information from CVS"
1021 msgstr ""
1022
1023 msgid ""
836 1024 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
837 1025 " Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
838 " cvsps.\n"
839 "\n"
1026 " cvsps."
1027 msgstr ""
1028
1029 msgid ""
840 1030 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
841 1031 " named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
842 1032 " series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
@@ -909,9 +1099,7 b' msgstr ""'
909 1099 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
910 1100 msgstr ""
911 1101
912 msgid ""
913 "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a "
914 "regular branch instead.\n"
1102 msgid "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a regular branch instead.\n"
915 1103 msgstr ""
916 1104
917 1105 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
@@ -1015,9 +1203,7 b' msgstr ""'
1015 1203 msgid "--sourcesort is not supported by this data source"
1016 1204 msgstr ""
1017 1205
1018 msgid ""
1019 "warning: support for external cvsps is deprecated and will be removed in "
1020 "Mercurial 1.4\n"
1206 msgid "warning: support for external cvsps is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4\n"
1021 1207 msgstr ""
1022 1208
1023 1209 #, python-format
@@ -1035,8 +1221,7 b' msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed'
1035 1221 msgstr ""
1036 1222
1037 1223 #, python-format
1038 msgid ""
1039 "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1224 msgid "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
1040 1225 msgstr ""
1041 1226
1042 1227 #, python-format
@@ -1154,8 +1339,7 b' msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\\n"'
1154 1339 msgstr ""
1155 1340
1156 1341 #, python-format
1157 msgid ""
1158 "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1342 msgid "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
1159 1343 msgstr ""
1160 1344
1161 1345 #, python-format
@@ -1359,37 +1543,50 b' msgstr "\xe4\xb8\x8d\xe8\x83\xbd\xe5\xa4\x84\xe7\x90\x86 svn \xe7\x9a\x84\xe8\xbe\x93\xe5\x87\xba"'
1359 1543 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
1360 1544 msgstr ""
1361 1545
1362 msgid ""
1363 "command to allow external programs to compare revisions\n"
1364 "\n"
1546 msgid "command to allow external programs to compare revisions"
1547 msgstr ""
1548
1549 msgid ""
1365 1550 "The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
1366 1551 "to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
1367 1552 "diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
1368 1553 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
1369 "files to compare.\n"
1370 "\n"
1554 "files to compare."
1555 msgstr ""
1556
1557 msgid ""
1371 1558 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
1372 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::\n"
1373 "\n"
1559 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::"
1560 msgstr ""
1561
1562 msgid ""
1374 1563 " [extdiff]\n"
1375 1564 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
1376 1565 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
1377 1566 " ## or the old way:\n"
1378 1567 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
1379 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5\n"
1380 "\n"
1568 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5"
1569 msgstr ""
1570
1571 msgid ""
1381 1572 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
1382 " vdiff = kdiff3\n"
1383 "\n"
1573 " vdiff = kdiff3"
1574 msgstr ""
1575
1576 msgid ""
1384 1577 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
1385 " meld =\n"
1386 "\n"
1578 " meld ="
1579 msgstr ""
1580
1581 msgid ""
1387 1582 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
1388 1583 " # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
1389 1584 " # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
1390 1585 " # your .vimrc\n"
1391 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n"
1392 "\n"
1586 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'"
1587 msgstr ""
1588
1589 msgid ""
1393 1590 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
1394 1591 "diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
1395 1592 "files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
@@ -1418,18 +1615,23 b' msgstr ""'
1418 1615 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
1419 1616 msgstr ""
1420 1617
1421 msgid ""
1422 "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
1423 "\n"
1618 msgid "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)"
1619 msgstr ""
1620
1621 msgid ""
1424 1622 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
1425 1623 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
1426 " default options \"-Npru\".\n"
1427 "\n"
1624 " default options \"-Npru\"."
1625 msgstr ""
1626
1627 msgid ""
1428 1628 " To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
1429 1629 " program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
1430 1630 " pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
1431 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare.\n"
1432 "\n"
1631 " will be passed before the names of the directories to compare."
1632 msgstr ""
1633
1634 msgid ""
1433 1635 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
1434 1636 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
1435 1637 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
@@ -1450,12 +1652,17 b' msgid "hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]..."'
1450 1652 msgstr ""
1451 1653
1452 1654 #, python-format
1453 msgid ""
1454 "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
1455 "\n"
1655 msgid "use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)"
1656 msgstr ""
1657
1658 #, python-format
1659 msgid ""
1456 1660 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
1457 " %(path)s program.\n"
1458 "\n"
1661 " %(path)s program."
1662 msgstr ""
1663
1664 #, python-format
1665 msgid ""
1459 1666 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
1460 1667 " those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is\n"
1461 1668 " compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,\n"
@@ -1469,28 +1676,34 b' msgstr ""'
1469 1676 msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
1470 1677 msgstr ""
1471 1678
1472 msgid ""
1473 "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed.\n"
1474 "\n"
1679 msgid "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed."
1680 msgstr ""
1681
1682 msgid ""
1475 1683 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
1476 " or URL and adds them to the local repository.\n"
1477 "\n"
1684 " or URL and adds them to the local repository."
1685 msgstr ""
1686
1687 msgid ""
1478 1688 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
1479 1689 " automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
1480 1690 " Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
1481 " changes.\n"
1482 "\n"
1691 " changes."
1692 msgstr ""
1693
1694 msgid ""
1483 1695 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
1484 1696 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
1485 1697 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
1486 " order, use --switch-parent.\n"
1487 "\n"
1698 " order, use --switch-parent."
1699 msgstr ""
1700
1701 msgid ""
1488 1702 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1489 1703 " "
1490 1704 msgstr ""
1491 1705
1492 msgid ""
1493 "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1706 msgid "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
1494 1707 msgstr ""
1495 1708
1496 1709 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
@@ -1502,23 +1715,18 b' msgstr ""'
1502 1715 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
1503 1716 msgstr ""
1504 1717
1505 msgid ""
1506 "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1718 msgid "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
1507 1719 msgstr ""
1508 1720
1509 1721 #, python-format
1510 1722 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
1511 1723 msgstr "正在拉自 %s\n"
1512 1724
1513 msgid ""
1514 "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be "
1515 "specified."
1516 msgstr ""
1517
1518 #, python-format
1519 msgid ""
1520 "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge"
1521 "\" to merge them)\n"
1725 msgid "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be specified."
1726 msgstr ""
1727
1728 #, python-format
1729 msgid "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge them)\n"
1522 1730 msgstr ""
1523 1731
1524 1732 #, python-format
@@ -1580,14 +1788,12 b' msgstr ""'
1580 1788 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
1581 1789 msgstr ""
1582 1790
1583 msgid ""
1584 "add a signature for the current or given revision\n"
1585 "\n"
1791 msgid "add a signature for the current or given revision"
1792 msgstr ""
1793
1794 msgid ""
1586 1795 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
1587 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
1588 "\n"
1589 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
1590 " "
1796 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
1591 1797 msgstr ""
1592 1798
1593 1799 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
@@ -1596,9 +1802,7 b' msgstr ""'
1596 1802 msgid "Error while signing"
1597 1803 msgstr ""
1598 1804
1599 msgid ""
1600 "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --"
1601 "force)"
1805 msgid "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --force)"
1602 1806 msgstr ""
1603 1807
1604 1808 msgid "unknown signature version"
@@ -1628,9 +1832,10 b' msgstr ""'
1628 1832 msgid "hg sigs"
1629 1833 msgstr ""
1630 1834
1631 msgid ""
1632 "command to view revision graphs from a shell\n"
1633 "\n"
1835 msgid "command to view revision graphs from a shell"
1836 msgstr ""
1837
1838 msgid ""
1634 1839 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
1635 1840 "commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
1636 1841 "revision graph is also shown.\n"
@@ -1640,12 +1845,15 b' msgstr ""'
1640 1845 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
1641 1846 msgstr ""
1642 1847
1643 msgid ""
1644 "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph\n"
1645 "\n"
1848 msgid "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph"
1849 msgstr ""
1850
1851 msgid ""
1646 1852 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
1647 " ASCII characters.\n"
1648 "\n"
1853 " ASCII characters."
1854 msgstr ""
1855
1856 msgid ""
1649 1857 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
1650 1858 " directory.\n"
1651 1859 " "
@@ -1673,12 +1881,15 b' msgstr ""'
1673 1881 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
1674 1882 msgstr ""
1675 1883
1676 msgid ""
1677 "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service\n"
1678 "\n"
1884 msgid "hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service"
1885 msgstr ""
1886
1887 msgid ""
1679 1888 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
1680 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::\n"
1681 "\n"
1889 "configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::"
1890 msgstr ""
1891
1892 msgid ""
1682 1893 " [cia]\n"
1683 1894 " # your registered CIA user name\n"
1684 1895 " user = foo\n"
@@ -1698,13 +1909,17 b' msgid ""'
1698 1909 " # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
1699 1910 " #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
1700 1911 " # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
1701 " #test = False\n"
1702 "\n"
1912 " #test = False"
1913 msgstr ""
1914
1915 msgid ""
1703 1916 " [hooks]\n"
1704 1917 " # one of these:\n"
1705 1918 " changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1706 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
1707 "\n"
1919 " #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook"
1920 msgstr ""
1921
1922 msgid ""
1708 1923 " [web]\n"
1709 1924 " # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
1710 1925 " baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
@@ -1723,32 +1938,45 b' msgstr ""'
1723 1938 msgid "cia: no project specified"
1724 1939 msgstr ""
1725 1940
1726 msgid ""
1727 "browse the repository in a graphical way\n"
1728 "\n"
1941 msgid "browse the repository in a graphical way"
1942 msgstr ""
1943
1944 msgid ""
1729 1945 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
1730 1946 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
1731 "distributed with Mercurial.)\n"
1732 "\n"
1947 "distributed with Mercurial.)"
1948 msgstr ""
1949
1950 msgid ""
1733 1951 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
1734 1952 "querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
1735 1953 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
1736 1954 "the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
1737 "repository, and needs to be enabled.\n"
1738 "\n"
1955 "repository, and needs to be enabled."
1956 msgstr ""
1957
1958 msgid ""
1739 1959 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
1740 1960 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
1741 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::\n"
1742 "\n"
1961 "the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::"
1962 msgstr ""
1963
1964 msgid ""
1743 1965 " [hgk]\n"
1744 " path=/location/of/hgk\n"
1745 "\n"
1966 " path=/location/of/hgk"
1967 msgstr ""
1968
1969 msgid ""
1746 1970 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
1747 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::\n"
1748 "\n"
1971 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::"
1972 msgstr ""
1973
1974 msgid ""
1749 1975 " [hgk]\n"
1750 " vdiff=vdiff\n"
1751 "\n"
1976 " vdiff=vdiff"
1977 msgstr ""
1978
1979 msgid ""
1752 1980 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
1753 1981 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
1754 1982 msgstr ""
@@ -1834,18 +2062,23 b' msgstr ""'
1834 2062 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
1835 2063 msgstr ""
1836 2064
1837 msgid ""
1838 "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)\n"
1839 "\n"
2065 msgid "syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)"
2066 msgstr ""
2067
2068 msgid ""
1840 2069 "It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
1841 "http://pygments.org/\n"
1842 "\n"
1843 "There is a single configuration option::\n"
1844 "\n"
2070 "http://pygments.org/"
2071 msgstr ""
2072
2073 msgid "There is a single configuration option::"
2074 msgstr ""
2075
2076 msgid ""
1845 2077 " [web]\n"
1846 " pygments_style = <style>\n"
1847 "\n"
1848 "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
2078 " pygments_style = <style>"
2079 msgstr ""
2080
2081 msgid "The default is 'colorful'.\n"
1849 2082 msgstr ""
1850 2083
1851 2084 msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
@@ -1854,9 +2087,10 b' msgstr ""'
1854 2087 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
1855 2088 msgstr "为此版本库启动服务 'inotify'"
1856 2089
1857 msgid ""
1858 "debugging information for inotify extension\n"
1859 "\n"
2090 msgid "debugging information for inotify extension"
2091 msgstr ""
2092
2093 msgid ""
1860 2094 " Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
1861 2095 " "
1862 2096 msgstr ""
@@ -2018,20 +2252,24 b' msgstr ""'
2018 2252 msgid "finished setup\n"
2019 2253 msgstr ""
2020 2254
2021 msgid ""
2022 "expand expressions into changelog and summaries\n"
2023 "\n"
2255 msgid "expand expressions into changelog and summaries"
2256 msgstr ""
2257
2258 msgid ""
2024 2259 "This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
2025 2260 "will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
2026 "expression, much like InterWiki does.\n"
2027 "\n"
2261 "expression, much like InterWiki does."
2262 msgstr ""
2263
2264 msgid ""
2028 2265 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
2029 "in your hgrc::\n"
2030 "\n"
2266 "in your hgrc::"
2267 msgstr ""
2268
2269 msgid ""
2031 2270 " [interhg]\n"
2032 2271 " issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
2033 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!"
2034 "i\n"
2272 " bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!i\n"
2035 2273 " boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
2036 2274 msgstr ""
2037 2275
@@ -2043,52 +2281,76 b' msgstr ""'
2043 2281 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
2044 2282 msgstr ""
2045 2283
2046 msgid ""
2047 "expand keywords in tracked files\n"
2048 "\n"
2284 msgid "expand keywords in tracked files"
2285 msgstr ""
2286
2287 msgid ""
2049 2288 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
2050 "tracked text files selected by your configuration.\n"
2051 "\n"
2289 "tracked text files selected by your configuration."
2290 msgstr ""
2291
2292 msgid ""
2052 2293 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
2053 2294 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
2054 "current user or for archive distribution.\n"
2055 "\n"
2295 "current user or for archive distribution."
2296 msgstr ""
2297
2298 msgid ""
2056 2299 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
2057 "hgrc files.\n"
2058 "\n"
2059 "Example::\n"
2060 "\n"
2300 "hgrc files."
2301 msgstr ""
2302
2303 msgid "Example::"
2304 msgstr ""
2305
2306 msgid ""
2061 2307 " [keyword]\n"
2062 2308 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
2063 2309 " **.py =\n"
2064 " x* = ignore\n"
2065 "\n"
2310 " x* = ignore"
2311 msgstr ""
2312
2313 msgid ""
2066 2314 "NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
2067 "lose speed in huge repositories.\n"
2068 "\n"
2315 "lose speed in huge repositories."
2316 msgstr ""
2317
2318 msgid ""
2069 2319 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
2070 2320 "control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
2071 "available templates and filters.\n"
2072 "\n"
2321 "available templates and filters."
2322 msgstr ""
2323
2324 msgid ""
2073 2325 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
2074 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\".\n"
2075 "\n"
2326 "returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\"."
2327 msgstr ""
2328
2329 msgid ""
2076 2330 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
2077 2331 "replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
2078 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes.\n"
2079 "\n"
2332 "kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes."
2333 msgstr ""
2334
2335 msgid ""
2080 2336 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
2081 2337 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
2082 "history.\n"
2083 "\n"
2338 "history."
2339 msgstr ""
2340
2341 msgid ""
2084 2342 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
2085 "\"hg kwexpand\".\n"
2086 "\n"
2343 "\"hg kwexpand\"."
2344 msgstr ""
2345
2346 msgid ""
2087 2347 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
2088 2348 "be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
2089 2349 "the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
2090 "have been checked in.\n"
2091 "\n"
2350 "have been checked in."
2351 msgstr ""
2352
2353 msgid ""
2092 2354 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
2093 2355 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
2094 2356 "{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
@@ -2108,17 +2370,23 b' msgstr ""'
2108 2370 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
2109 2371 msgstr ""
2110 2372
2111 msgid ""
2112 "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example\n"
2113 "\n"
2373 msgid "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example"
2374 msgstr ""
2375
2376 msgid ""
2114 2377 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
2115 " expansions.\n"
2116 "\n"
2378 " expansions."
2379 msgstr ""
2380
2381 msgid ""
2117 2382 " Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
2118 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.\n"
2119 "\n"
2120 " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.\n"
2121 "\n"
2383 " and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file."
2384 msgstr ""
2385
2386 msgid " Use -d/--default to disable current configuration."
2387 msgstr ""
2388
2389 msgid ""
2122 2390 " See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
2123 2391 " "
2124 2392 msgstr ""
@@ -2173,33 +2441,45 b' msgstr ""'
2173 2441 "\n"
2174 2442 "正在删除临时版本库 %s\n"
2175 2443
2176 msgid ""
2177 "expand keywords in the working directory\n"
2178 "\n"
2179 " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.\n"
2180 "\n"
2444 msgid "expand keywords in the working directory"
2445 msgstr ""
2446
2447 msgid " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion."
2448 msgstr ""
2449
2450 msgid ""
2181 2451 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2182 2452 " "
2183 2453 msgstr ""
2184 2454
2185 msgid ""
2186 "show files configured for keyword expansion\n"
2187 "\n"
2455 msgid "show files configured for keyword expansion"
2456 msgstr ""
2457
2458 msgid ""
2188 2459 " List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
2189 " [keyword] configuration patterns.\n"
2190 "\n"
2460 " [keyword] configuration patterns."
2461 msgstr ""
2462
2463 msgid ""
2191 2464 " Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
2192 2465 " execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
2193 " expansion.\n"
2194 "\n"
2466 " expansion."
2467 msgstr ""
2468
2469 msgid ""
2195 2470 " See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
2196 " inclusion and exclusion of files.\n"
2197 "\n"
2198 " Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well.\n"
2199 "\n"
2471 " inclusion and exclusion of files."
2472 msgstr ""
2473
2474 msgid " Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well."
2475 msgstr ""
2476
2477 msgid ""
2200 2478 " With -a/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
2201 " of files are::\n"
2202 "\n"
2479 " of files are::"
2480 msgstr ""
2481
2482 msgid ""
2203 2483 " K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
2204 2484 " k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)\n"
2205 2485 " I = ignored\n"
@@ -2207,12 +2487,15 b' msgid ""'
2207 2487 " "
2208 2488 msgstr ""
2209 2489
2210 msgid ""
2211 "revert expanded keywords in the working directory\n"
2212 "\n"
2490 msgid "revert expanded keywords in the working directory"
2491 msgstr ""
2492
2493 msgid ""
2213 2494 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
2214 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\".\n"
2215 "\n"
2495 " problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\"."
2496 msgstr ""
2497
2498 msgid ""
2216 2499 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
2217 2500 " "
2218 2501 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,25 +2527,35 b' msgstr ""'
2244 2527 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
2245 2528 msgstr ""
2246 2529
2247 msgid ""
2248 "manage a stack of patches\n"
2249 "\n"
2530 msgid "manage a stack of patches"
2531 msgstr ""
2532
2533 msgid ""
2250 2534 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
2251 2535 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
2252 "applied patches (subset of known patches).\n"
2253 "\n"
2536 "applied patches (subset of known patches)."
2537 msgstr ""
2538
2539 msgid ""
2254 2540 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
2255 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.\n"
2256 "\n"
2257 "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::\n"
2258 "\n"
2541 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets."
2542 msgstr ""
2543
2544 msgid "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::"
2545 msgstr ""
2546
2547 msgid ""
2259 2548 " prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
2260 2549 " create new patch qnew\n"
2261 " import existing patch qimport\n"
2262 "\n"
2550 " import existing patch qimport"
2551 msgstr ""
2552
2553 msgid ""
2263 2554 " print patch series qseries\n"
2264 " print applied patches qapplied\n"
2265 "\n"
2555 " print applied patches qapplied"
2556 msgstr ""
2557
2558 msgid ""
2266 2559 " add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
2267 2560 " remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
2268 2561 " refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
@@ -2508,8 +2801,7 b' msgstr ""'
2508 2801 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
2509 2802 msgstr ""
2510 2803
2511 msgid ""
2512 "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n"
2804 msgid "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n"
2513 2805 msgstr ""
2514 2806
2515 2807 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
@@ -2603,13 +2895,15 b' msgstr ""'
2603 2895 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
2604 2896 msgstr ""
2605 2897
2606 msgid ""
2607 "remove patches from queue\n"
2608 "\n"
2609 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. "
2610 "With\n"
2611 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory.\n"
2612 "\n"
2898 msgid "remove patches from queue"
2899 msgstr ""
2900
2901 msgid ""
2902 " The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With\n"
2903 " -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory."
2904 msgstr ""
2905
2906 msgid ""
2613 2907 " To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
2614 2908 " use the qfinish command."
2615 2909 msgstr ""
@@ -2627,29 +2921,142 b' msgid "all patches applied\\n"'
2627 2921 msgstr ""
2628 2922
2629 2923 #, fuzzy
2630 msgid ""
2631 "import a patch\n"
2632 "\n"
2924 msgid "import a patch"
2925 msgstr ""
2926 "导入补丁\n"
2927 "\n"
2928 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2929 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2930 "\n"
2931 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2932 "\n"
2933 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
2934 "\n"
2935 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
2936 "\n"
2937 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
2938 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
2939 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
2940 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
2941 " "
2942
2943 #, fuzzy
2944 msgid ""
2633 2945 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
2634 2946 " patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
2635 " to the series.\n"
2636 "\n"
2947 " to the series."
2948 msgstr ""
2949 "导入补丁\n"
2950 "\n"
2951 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2952 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2953 "\n"
2954 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2955 "\n"
2956 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
2957 "\n"
2958 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
2959 "\n"
2960 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
2961 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
2962 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
2963 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
2964 " "
2965
2966 #, fuzzy
2967 msgid ""
2637 2968 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
2638 " give it a new one with -n/--name.\n"
2639 "\n"
2969 " give it a new one with -n/--name."
2970 msgstr ""
2971 "导入补丁\n"
2972 "\n"
2973 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2974 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2975 "\n"
2976 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2977 "\n"
2978 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
2979 "\n"
2980 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
2981 "\n"
2982 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
2983 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
2984 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
2985 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
2986 " "
2987
2988 #, fuzzy
2989 msgid ""
2640 2990 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
2641 " the -e/--existing flag.\n"
2642 "\n"
2991 " the -e/--existing flag."
2992 msgstr ""
2993 "导入补丁\n"
2994 "\n"
2995 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
2996 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
2997 "\n"
2998 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
2999 "\n"
3000 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
3001 "\n"
3002 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
3003 "\n"
3004 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
3005 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
3006 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
3007 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
3008 " "
3009
3010 #, fuzzy
3011 msgid ""
2643 3012 " With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
2644 " overwritten.\n"
2645 "\n"
3013 " overwritten."
3014 msgstr ""
3015 "导入补丁\n"
3016 "\n"
3017 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
3018 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
3019 "\n"
3020 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
3021 "\n"
3022 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
3023 "\n"
3024 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
3025 "\n"
3026 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
3027 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
3028 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
3029 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
3030 " "
3031
3032 #, fuzzy
3033 msgid ""
2646 3034 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
2647 3035 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
2648 3036 " With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
2649 3037 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
2650 3038 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
2651 " changes.\n"
2652 "\n"
3039 " changes."
3040 msgstr ""
3041 "导入补丁\n"
3042 "\n"
3043 " 此补丁插入到最近一次应用的补丁序列中。\n"
3044 " 如果尚无应用补丁,qimport 会插入补丁到序列开始。\n"
3045 "\n"
3046 " 除非你使用 '--name' 给出补丁名称,否则就与源文件同名。\n"
3047 "\n"
3048 " 你可以使用 '--existing' 注册一个已在补丁目录中的补丁。\n"
3049 "\n"
3050 " 使用 '--force' 会覆盖已有的补丁。\n"
3051 "\n"
3052 " 可以使用 '--rev' 将已有的修改集置于 mq 控制下(例如 \n"
3053 " 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' 会将 tip 置于 mq 控制下)。当使用 '--git'\n"
3054 " 时,'--rev' 导入的补丁将会使用 git 差异格式。参见差异帮助主题,以了解\n"
3055 " 为什么这对于保留改名/复制信息和权限修改很重要。\n"
3056 " "
3057
3058 #, fuzzy
3059 msgid ""
2653 3060 " To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
2654 3061 " When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
2655 3062 " using the --name flag.\n"
@@ -2673,33 +3080,38 b' msgstr ""'
2673 3080 " "
2674 3081
2675 3082 #, fuzzy
2676 msgid ""
2677 "init a new queue repository\n"
2678 "\n"
3083 msgid "init a new queue repository"
3084 msgstr "初始化队列仓库"
3085
3086 #, fuzzy
3087 msgid ""
2679 3088 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
2680 3089 " -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
2681 3090 " repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
2682 3091 " an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use\n"
2683 3092 " qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
2684 3093 msgstr ""
2685 "初始化队列仓库\n"
2686 "\n"
2687 3094 " 默认队列仓库不受版本控制。如果指定了 '-c',那么 qinit 会为补丁创建一个\n"
2688 3095 " 单独的嵌套版本库(也可以稍后运行 'qinit -c' 来将不受版本控制的补丁仓库\n"
2689 3096 " 转换成受版本控制)。你可以使用 'qcommit' 提交改变到此队列版本库。"
2690 3097
2691 msgid ""
2692 "clone main and patch repository at same time\n"
2693 "\n"
3098 msgid "clone main and patch repository at same time"
3099 msgstr ""
3100
3101 msgid ""
2694 3102 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
2695 3103 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
2696 3104 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
2697 3105 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
2698 " before that it has no patches applied.\n"
2699 "\n"
3106 " before that it has no patches applied."
3107 msgstr ""
3108
3109 msgid ""
2700 3110 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
2701 " default. Use -p <url> to change.\n"
2702 "\n"
3111 " default. Use -p <url> to change."
3112 msgstr ""
3113
3114 msgid ""
2703 3115 " The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
2704 3116 " would be created by qinit -c.\n"
2705 3117 " "
@@ -2738,25 +3150,32 b' msgstr ""'
2738 3150 msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
2739 3151 msgstr ""
2740 3152
2741 msgid ""
2742 "create a new patch\n"
2743 "\n"
3153 msgid "create a new patch"
3154 msgstr ""
3155
3156 msgid ""
2744 3157 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
2745 3158 " any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n"
2746 3159 " unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n"
2747 3160 " initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
2748 3161 " -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
2749 3162 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
2750 " as uncommitted modifications.\n"
2751 "\n"
3163 " as uncommitted modifications."
3164 msgstr ""
3165
3166 msgid ""
2752 3167 " -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
2753 3168 " date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
2754 " to current user and date to current date.\n"
2755 "\n"
3169 " to current user and date to current date."
3170 msgstr ""
3171
3172 msgid ""
2756 3173 " -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
2757 3174 " well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
2758 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'.\n"
2759 "\n"
3175 " empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'."
3176 msgstr ""
3177
3178 msgid ""
2760 3179 " Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
2761 3180 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
2762 3181 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
@@ -2765,29 +3184,32 b' msgid ""'
2765 3184 msgstr ""
2766 3185
2767 3186 #, fuzzy
2768 msgid ""
2769 "update the current patch\n"
2770 "\n"
3187 msgid "update the current patch"
3188 msgstr "更新当前补丁"
3189
3190 #, fuzzy
3191 msgid ""
2771 3192 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
2772 3193 " contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
2773 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory.\n"
2774 "\n"
3194 " remaining modifications will remain in the working directory."
3195 msgstr ""
3196 " 如果提供了文件匹配模式,更新后的补丁只包含匹配这些模式的修改,其它\n"
3197 " 的修改仍旧在工作目录中。"
3198
3199 #, fuzzy
3200 msgid ""
2775 3201 " If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
2776 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch.\n"
2777 "\n"
3202 " will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch."
3203 msgstr " 如果指定了 '--short',只更新已经在补丁中的文件,与文件匹配模式类似。"
3204
3205 #, fuzzy
3206 msgid ""
2778 3207 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
2779 3208 " use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
2780 3209 " and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
2781 3210 " git diff format.\n"
2782 3211 " "
2783 3212 msgstr ""
2784 "更新当前补丁\n"
2785 "\n"
2786 " 如果提供了文件匹配模式,更新后的补丁只包含匹配这些模式的修改,其它\n"
2787 " 的修改仍旧在工作目录中。\n"
2788 "\n"
2789 " 如果指定了 '--short',只更新已经在补丁中的文件,与文件匹配模式类似。\n"
2790 "\n"
2791 3213 " 'hg add/remove/copy/rename' 如常工作,你可能想使用 git 格式补丁(使\n"
2792 3214 " 用选项 '--git' 或在配置文件的 [diff] 区中设置 git=1)以跟踪复制和改\n"
2793 3215 " 名。请参见差异帮助主题,以了解关于 git 差异格式的更多信息。\n"
@@ -2797,39 +3219,44 b' msgid "option \\"-e\\" incompatible with \\'
2797 3219 msgstr ""
2798 3220
2799 3221 #, fuzzy
2800 msgid ""
2801 "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications\n"
2802 "\n"
3222 msgid "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications"
3223 msgstr "显式当前的补丁和后续的修改"
3224
3225 #, fuzzy
3226 msgid ""
2803 3227 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
2804 3228 " changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
2805 3229 " last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
2806 " after a qrefresh).\n"
2807 "\n"
3230 " after a qrefresh)."
3231 msgstr ""
3232 " 显示当前的补丁和最近一次刷新之后的修改(因而在执行 'qrefresh' 之后就只\n"
3233 " 显示当前的补丁)。"
3234
3235 #, fuzzy
3236 msgid ""
2808 3237 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
2809 3238 " last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
2810 3239 " by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
2811 3240 " qrefresh.\n"
2812 3241 " "
2813 3242 msgstr ""
2814 "显式当前的补丁和后续的修改\n"
2815 "\n"
2816 " 显示当前的补丁和最近一次刷新之后的修改(因而在执行 'qrefresh' 之后就只\n"
2817 " 显示当前的补丁)。\n"
2818 "\n"
2819 3243 " 如果你只想看到最近一次刷新之后的修改请使用 'hg diff',如果你只想看到当\n"
2820 3244 " 前的补丁请使用 'hg export qtip'。\n"
2821 3245 " "
2822 3246
2823 msgid ""
2824 "fold the named patches into the current patch\n"
2825 "\n"
3247 msgid "fold the named patches into the current patch"
3248 msgstr ""
3249
3250 msgid ""
2826 3251 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
2827 3252 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
2828 3253 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
2829 3254 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
2830 3255 " deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
2831 " removed afterwards.\n"
2832 "\n"
3256 " removed afterwards."
3257 msgstr ""
3258
3259 msgid ""
2833 3260 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
2834 3261 " current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
2835 3262 msgstr ""
@@ -2855,19 +3282,24 b' msgstr ""'
2855 3282 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
2856 3283 msgstr ""
2857 3284
2858 msgid ""
2859 "set or print guards for a patch\n"
2860 "\n"
3285 msgid "set or print guards for a patch"
3286 msgstr ""
3287
3288 msgid ""
2861 3289 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
2862 3290 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
2863 3291 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
2864 3292 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
2865 " has activated it.\n"
2866 "\n"
3293 " has activated it."
3294 msgstr ""
3295
3296 msgid ""
2867 3297 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
2868 3298 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
2869 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'.\n"
2870 "\n"
3299 " NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'."
3300 msgstr ""
3301
3302 msgid ""
2871 3303 " To set guards on another patch:\n"
2872 3304 " hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n"
2873 3305 " "
@@ -2887,15 +3319,15 b' msgid "print the header of the topmost o'
2887 3319 msgstr ""
2888 3320
2889 3321 #, fuzzy
2890 msgid ""
2891 "push the next patch onto the stack\n"
2892 "\n"
3322 msgid "push the next patch onto the stack"
3323 msgstr "将下个补丁压入堆栈"
3324
3325 #, fuzzy
3326 msgid ""
2893 3327 " When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
2894 3328 " will be lost.\n"
2895 3329 " "
2896 3330 msgstr ""
2897 "将下个补丁压入堆栈\n"
2898 "\n"
2899 3331 " 当指定 '--force' 时,所有在补丁文件中的本地修改都会丢失。\n"
2900 3332 " "
2901 3333
@@ -2907,16 +3339,16 b' msgid "merging with queue at: %s\\n"'
2907 3339 msgstr ""
2908 3340
2909 3341 #, fuzzy
2910 msgid ""
2911 "pop the current patch off the stack\n"
2912 "\n"
3342 msgid "pop the current patch off the stack"
3343 msgstr "将当前补丁弹出堆栈"
3344
3345 #, fuzzy
3346 msgid ""
2913 3347 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
2914 3348 " name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
2915 3349 " top of the stack.\n"
2916 3350 " "
2917 3351 msgstr ""
2918 "将当前补丁弹出堆栈\n"
2919 "\n"
2920 3352 " 默认将补丁堆栈的顶部弹出。如果指定了补丁名称,那么就会一直弹出,直到此\n"
2921 3353 " 补丁位于堆栈顶部。\n"
2922 3354 " "
@@ -2925,9 +3357,10 b' msgstr ""'
2925 3357 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
2926 3358 msgstr ""
2927 3359
2928 msgid ""
2929 "rename a patch\n"
2930 "\n"
3360 msgid "rename a patch"
3361 msgstr ""
3362
3363 msgid ""
2931 3364 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
2932 3365 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
2933 3366 msgstr ""
@@ -2959,49 +3392,62 b' msgid "copy %s to %s\\n"'
2959 3392 msgstr ""
2960 3393
2961 3394 #, fuzzy
2962 msgid ""
2963 "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository\n"
2964 "\n"
3395 msgid "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository"
3396 msgstr "从版本库删除一个版本以及它的子孙"
3397
3398 #, fuzzy
3399 msgid ""
2965 3400 " If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
2966 3401 " working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
2967 3402 " revision.\n"
2968 3403 " "
2969 3404 msgstr ""
2970 "从版本库删除一个版本以及它的子孙\n"
2971 "\n"
2972 3405 " 如果有工作目录的父版本被删除,那么此目录会被更新到已删除版本的父版本。\n"
2973 3406 " "
2974 3407
2975 msgid ""
2976 "set or print guarded patches to push\n"
2977 "\n"
3408 msgid "set or print guarded patches to push"
3409 msgstr ""
3410
3411 msgid ""
2978 3412 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
2979 3413 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
2980 3414 " it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
2981 3415 " selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
2982 " match the current guard. For example:\n"
2983 "\n"
3416 " match the current guard. For example:"
3417 msgstr ""
3418
3419 msgid ""
2984 3420 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
2985 3421 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
2986 " qselect stable\n"
2987 "\n"
3422 " qselect stable"
3423 msgstr ""
3424
3425 msgid ""
2988 3426 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
2989 3427 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
2990 " positive match).\n"
2991 "\n"
3428 " positive match)."
3429 msgstr ""
3430
3431 msgid ""
2992 3432 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
2993 " With one argument, sets the active guard.\n"
2994 "\n"
3433 " With one argument, sets the active guard."
3434 msgstr ""
3435
3436 msgid ""
2995 3437 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
2996 3438 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
2997 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed.\n"
2998 "\n"
3439 " skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed."
3440 msgstr ""
3441
3442 msgid ""
2999 3443 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
3000 3444 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
3001 3445 " applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
3002 3446 " --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
3003 " guarded patches.\n"
3004 "\n"
3447 " guarded patches."
3448 msgstr ""
3449
3450 msgid ""
3005 3451 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
3006 3452 " (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
3007 3453 msgstr ""
@@ -3035,18 +3481,23 b' msgstr ""'
3035 3481 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
3036 3482 msgstr ""
3037 3483
3038 msgid ""
3039 "move applied patches into repository history\n"
3040 "\n"
3484 msgid "move applied patches into repository history"
3485 msgstr ""
3486
3487 msgid ""
3041 3488 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
3042 3489 " patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
3043 " history.\n"
3044 "\n"
3490 " history."
3491 msgstr ""
3492
3493 msgid ""
3045 3494 " Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
3046 3495 " is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
3047 3496 " control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
3048 " stack of applied patches.\n"
3049 "\n"
3497 " stack of applied patches."
3498 msgstr ""
3499
3500 msgid ""
3050 3501 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
3051 3502 " an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
3052 3503 " to upstream.\n"
@@ -3321,33 +3772,47 b' msgstr ""'
3321 3772 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
3322 3773 msgstr ""
3323 3774
3324 msgid ""
3325 "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time\n"
3326 "\n"
3775 msgid "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time"
3776 msgstr ""
3777
3778 msgid ""
3327 3779 "Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
3328 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n"
3329 "\n"
3780 "print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring."
3781 msgstr ""
3782
3783 msgid ""
3330 3784 "To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
3331 "this::\n"
3332 "\n"
3785 "this::"
3786 msgstr ""
3787
3788 msgid ""
3333 3789 " [extensions]\n"
3334 " notify =\n"
3335 "\n"
3790 " notify ="
3791 msgstr ""
3792
3793 msgid ""
3336 3794 " [hooks]\n"
3337 3795 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
3338 3796 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3339 3797 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
3340 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
3341 "\n"
3798 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook"
3799 msgstr ""
3800
3801 msgid ""
3342 3802 " [notify]\n"
3343 " # config items go here\n"
3344 "\n"
3345 "Required configuration items::\n"
3346 "\n"
3347 " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n"
3348 "\n"
3349 "Optional configuration items::\n"
3350 "\n"
3803 " # config items go here"
3804 msgstr ""
3805
3806 msgid "Required configuration items::"
3807 msgstr ""
3808
3809 msgid " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions"
3810 msgstr ""
3811
3812 msgid "Optional configuration items::"
3813 msgstr ""
3814
3815 msgid ""
3351 3816 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
3352 3817 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
3353 3818 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
@@ -3363,24 +3828,34 b' msgid ""'
3363 3828 " [email]\n"
3364 3829 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
3365 3830 " [web]\n"
3366 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n"
3367 "\n"
3831 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits"
3832 msgstr ""
3833
3834 msgid ""
3368 3835 "The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
3369 3836 "two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
3370 "handier for you.\n"
3371 "\n"
3372 "::\n"
3373 "\n"
3837 "handier for you."
3838 msgstr ""
3839
3840 msgid "::"
3841 msgstr ""
3842
3843 msgid ""
3374 3844 " [usersubs]\n"
3375 3845 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
3376 " user@host = pattern\n"
3377 "\n"
3846 " user@host = pattern"
3847 msgstr ""
3848
3849 msgid ""
3378 3850 " [reposubs]\n"
3379 3851 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
3380 " pattern = user@host\n"
3381 "\n"
3382 "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n"
3383 "\n"
3852 " pattern = user@host"
3853 msgstr ""
3854
3855 msgid "Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root."
3856 msgstr ""
3857
3858 msgid ""
3384 3859 "If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
3385 3860 "can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
3386 3861 msgstr ""
@@ -3396,15 +3871,13 b' msgstr ""'
3396 3871 #, python-format
3397 3872 msgid ""
3398 3873 "\n"
3399 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):\n"
3400 "\n"
3401 msgstr ""
3402
3403 #, python-format
3404 msgid ""
3405 "\n"
3406 "diffs (%d lines):\n"
3407 "\n"
3874 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):"
3875 msgstr ""
3876
3877 #, python-format
3878 msgid ""
3879 "\n"
3880 "diffs (%d lines):"
3408 3881 msgstr ""
3409 3882
3410 3883 #, python-format
@@ -3415,119 +3888,170 b' msgstr ""'
3415 3888 msgid "notify: changes have source \"%s\" - skipping\n"
3416 3889 msgstr ""
3417 3890
3418 msgid ""
3419 "browse command output with an external pager\n"
3420 "\n"
3421 "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::\n"
3422 "\n"
3891 msgid "browse command output with an external pager"
3892 msgstr ""
3893
3894 msgid "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::"
3895 msgstr ""
3896
3897 msgid ""
3423 3898 " [pager]\n"
3424 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n"
3425 "\n"
3899 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
3900 msgstr ""
3901
3902 msgid ""
3426 3903 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
3427 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.\n"
3428 "\n"
3904 "$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used."
3905 msgstr ""
3906
3907 msgid ""
3429 3908 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
3430 "setting::\n"
3431 "\n"
3909 "setting::"
3910 msgstr ""
3911
3912 msgid ""
3432 3913 " [pager]\n"
3433 " quiet = True\n"
3434 "\n"
3914 " quiet = True"
3915 msgstr ""
3916
3917 msgid ""
3435 3918 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
3436 "pager.ignore list::\n"
3437 "\n"
3919 "pager.ignore list::"
3920 msgstr ""
3921
3922 msgid ""
3438 3923 " [pager]\n"
3439 " ignore = version, help, update\n"
3440 "\n"
3924 " ignore = version, help, update"
3925 msgstr ""
3926
3927 msgid ""
3441 3928 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
3442 "pager.attend::\n"
3443 "\n"
3929 "pager.attend::"
3930 msgstr ""
3931
3932 msgid ""
3444 3933 " [pager]\n"
3445 " attend = log\n"
3446 "\n"
3447 "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.\n"
3448 "\n"
3934 " attend = log"
3935 msgstr ""
3936
3937 msgid "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored."
3938 msgstr ""
3939
3940 msgid ""
3449 3941 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
3450 3942 "specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
3451 3943 msgstr ""
3452 3944
3453 msgid ""
3454 "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions\n"
3455 "\n"
3945 msgid "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions"
3946 msgstr ""
3947
3948 msgid ""
3456 3949 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
3457 "ancestors of a specific revision.\n"
3458 "\n"
3459 "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::\n"
3460 "\n"
3950 "ancestors of a specific revision."
3951 msgstr ""
3952
3953 msgid "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::"
3954 msgstr ""
3955
3956 msgid ""
3461 3957 " foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
3462 3958 " foo^0 = foo\n"
3463 3959 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
3464 3960 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
3465 " foo^ = foo^1\n"
3466 "\n"
3961 " foo^ = foo^1"
3962 msgstr ""
3963
3964 msgid ""
3467 3965 " foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
3468 3966 " foo~0 = foo\n"
3469 3967 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
3470 3968 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
3471 3969 msgstr ""
3472 3970
3473 msgid ""
3474 "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails\n"
3475 "\n"
3971 msgid "command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails"
3972 msgstr ""
3973
3974 msgid ""
3476 3975 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
3477 "describes the series as a whole.\n"
3478 "\n"
3976 "describes the series as a whole."
3977 msgstr ""
3978
3979 msgid ""
3479 3980 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
3480 3981 "first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
3481 "message contains two or three body parts:\n"
3482 "\n"
3982 "message contains two or three body parts:"
3983 msgstr ""
3984
3985 msgid ""
3483 3986 "- The changeset description.\n"
3484 3987 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
3485 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n"
3486 "\n"
3988 "- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\"."
3989 msgstr ""
3990
3991 msgid ""
3487 3992 "Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
3488 3993 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
3489 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives.\n"
3490 "\n"
3994 "mail and news readers, and in mail archives."
3995 msgstr ""
3996
3997 msgid ""
3491 3998 "With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
3492 3999 "with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
3493 "you are sending the right changes.\n"
3494 "\n"
4000 "you are sending the right changes."
4001 msgstr ""
4002
4003 msgid ""
3495 4004 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
3496 "file::\n"
3497 "\n"
4005 "file::"
4006 msgstr ""
4007
4008 msgid ""
3498 4009 " [email]\n"
3499 4010 " from = My Name <my@email>\n"
3500 4011 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
3501 4012 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
3502 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...\n"
3503 "\n"
4013 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ..."
4014 msgstr ""
4015
4016 msgid ""
3504 4017 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
3505 "as a patchbomb.\n"
3506 "\n"
4018 "as a patchbomb."
4019 msgstr ""
4020
4021 msgid ""
3507 4022 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
3508 4023 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
3509 4024 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
3510 4025 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
3511 4026 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
3512 4027 "variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
3513 "message, so you can verify everything is alright.\n"
3514 "\n"
4028 "message, so you can verify everything is alright."
4029 msgstr ""
4030
4031 msgid ""
3515 4032 "The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
3516 4033 "patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
3517 4034 "create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
3518 4035 "can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
3519 "files, e.g. with mutt::\n"
3520 "\n"
3521 " % mutt -R -f mbox\n"
3522 "\n"
4036 "files, e.g. with mutt::"
4037 msgstr ""
4038
4039 msgid " % mutt -R -f mbox"
4040 msgstr ""
4041
4042 msgid ""
3523 4043 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
3524 4044 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
3525 "package), to send each message out::\n"
3526 "\n"
3527 " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n"
3528 "\n"
3529 "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out.\n"
3530 "\n"
4045 "package), to send each message out::"
4046 msgstr ""
4047
4048 msgid " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox"
4049 msgstr ""
4050
4051 msgid "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out."
4052 msgstr ""
4053
4054 msgid ""
3531 4055 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
3532 4056 "to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
3533 4057 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
@@ -3544,53 +4068,66 b' msgstr ""'
3544 4068 msgid "diffstat rejected"
3545 4069 msgstr ""
3546 4070
3547 msgid ""
3548 "send changesets by email\n"
3549 "\n"
4071 msgid "send changesets by email"
4072 msgstr ""
4073
4074 msgid ""
3550 4075 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
3551 4076 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
3552 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole.\n"
3553 "\n"
4077 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole."
4078 msgstr ""
4079
4080 msgid ""
3554 4081 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
3555 4082 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
3556 4083 " The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
3557 4084 " description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
3558 4085 " installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
3559 4086 " diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
3560 " \"hg export\".\n"
3561 "\n"
4087 " \"hg export\"."
4088 msgstr ""
4089
4090 msgid ""
3562 4091 " By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
3563 4092 " easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
3564 4093 " an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
3565 " will be created.\n"
3566 "\n"
4094 " will be created."
4095 msgstr ""
4096
4097 msgid ""
3567 4098 " With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
3568 4099 " in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
3569 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)\n"
3570 "\n"
4100 " of the specified revisions if any are provided)"
4101 msgstr ""
4102
4103 msgid ""
3571 4104 " With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
3572 4105 " single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
3573 " will be sent.\n"
3574 "\n"
3575 " Examples::\n"
3576 "\n"
4106 " will be sent."
4107 msgstr ""
4108
4109 msgid ""
3577 4110 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
3578 4111 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
3579 4112 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
3580 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n"
3581 "\n"
4113 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)"
4114 msgstr ""
4115
4116 msgid ""
3582 4117 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
3583 4118 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
3584 4119 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
3585 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
3586 "\n"
4120 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
4121 msgstr ""
4122
4123 msgid ""
3587 4124 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
3588 4125 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
3589 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
3590 "default\n"
3591 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
3592 "DEST\n"
3593 "\n"
4126 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
4127 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
4128 msgstr ""
4129
4130 msgid ""
3594 4131 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
3595 4132 " hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
3596 4133 " "
@@ -3610,14 +4147,11 b' msgstr ""'
3610 4147
3611 4148 msgid ""
3612 4149 "\n"
3613 "Write the introductory message for the patch series.\n"
3614 "\n"
3615 msgstr ""
3616
3617 #, python-format
3618 msgid ""
3619 "This patch series consists of %d patches.\n"
3620 "\n"
4150 "Write the introductory message for the patch series."
4151 msgstr ""
4152
4153 #, python-format
4154 msgid "This patch series consists of %d patches."
3621 4155 msgstr ""
3622 4156
3623 4157 msgid "Final summary:\n"
@@ -3705,27 +4239,38 b' msgstr ""'
3705 4239 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
3706 4240 msgstr ""
3707 4241
3708 msgid ""
3709 "removes files not tracked by Mercurial\n"
3710 "\n"
4242 msgid "removes files not tracked by Mercurial"
4243 msgstr ""
4244
4245 msgid ""
3711 4246 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
3712 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.\n"
3713 "\n"
3714 " This means that purge will delete:\n"
3715 "\n"
4247 " and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree."
4248 msgstr ""
4249
4250 msgid " This means that purge will delete:"
4251 msgstr ""
4252
4253 msgid ""
3716 4254 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
3717 4255 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
3718 " they contain files under source control management\n"
3719 "\n"
3720 " But it will leave untouched:\n"
3721 "\n"
4256 " they contain files under source control management"
4257 msgstr ""
4258
4259 msgid " But it will leave untouched:"
4260 msgstr ""
4261
4262 msgid ""
3722 4263 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
3723 4264 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
3724 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n"
3725 "\n"
4265 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")"
4266 msgstr ""
4267
4268 msgid ""
3726 4269 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
3727 " directories are considered.\n"
3728 "\n"
4270 " directories are considered."
4271 msgstr ""
4272
4273 msgid ""
3729 4274 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
3730 4275 " you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
3731 4276 " list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
@@ -3765,12 +4310,15 b' msgstr "\xe5\x9c\xa8\xe6\x96\x87\xe4\xbb\xb6\xe5\x90\x8d\xe7\xa7\xb0\xe7\xbb\x93\xe5\xb0\xbe\xe5\xa2\x9e\xe5\x8a\xa0 NUL\xef\xbc\x8c\xe7\x94\xa8\xe4\xba\x8e xargs"'
3765 4310 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
3766 4311 msgstr ""
3767 4312
3768 msgid ""
3769 "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor\n"
3770 "\n"
4313 msgid "command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor"
4314 msgstr ""
4315
4316 msgid ""
3771 4317 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
3772 "repository.\n"
3773 "\n"
4318 "repository."
4319 msgstr ""
4320
4321 msgid ""
3774 4322 "For more information:\n"
3775 4323 "http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
3776 4324 msgstr ""
@@ -3778,13 +4326,16 b' msgstr ""'
3778 4326 msgid "first revision, do not change ancestor\n"
3779 4327 msgstr ""
3780 4328
3781 msgid ""
3782 "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch\n"
3783 "\n"
4329 msgid "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch"
4330 msgstr ""
4331
4332 msgid ""
3784 4333 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
3785 4334 " history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n"
3786 " changes relative to a master development tree.\n"
3787 "\n"
4335 " changes relative to a master development tree."
4336 msgstr ""
4337
4338 msgid ""
3788 4339 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
3789 4340 " continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
3790 4341 " "
@@ -3936,9 +4487,7 b' msgstr ""'
3936 4487 msgid "abort an interrupted rebase"
3937 4488 msgstr ""
3938 4489
3939 msgid ""
3940 "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] | "
3941 "[-c] | [-a]"
4490 msgid "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] | [-c] | [-a]"
3942 4491 msgstr ""
3943 4492
3944 4493 msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh"
@@ -4007,30 +4556,41 b' msgstr ""'
4007 4556 msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
4008 4557 msgstr "不需要改变 %s\n"
4009 4558
4010 msgid ""
4011 "interactively select changes to commit\n"
4012 "\n"
4559 msgid "interactively select changes to commit"
4560 msgstr ""
4561
4562 msgid ""
4013 4563 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
4014 " will be candidates for recording.\n"
4015 "\n"
4016 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4017 "\n"
4564 " will be candidates for recording."
4565 msgstr ""
4566
4567 msgid " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
4568 msgstr ""
4569
4570 msgid ""
4018 4571 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
4019 4572 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
4020 4573 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
4021 " possible::\n"
4022 "\n"
4574 " possible::"
4575 msgstr ""
4576
4577 msgid ""
4023 4578 " y - record this change\n"
4024 " n - skip this change\n"
4025 "\n"
4579 " n - skip this change"
4580 msgstr ""
4581
4582 msgid ""
4026 4583 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
4027 " f - record remaining changes to this file\n"
4028 "\n"
4584 " f - record remaining changes to this file"
4585 msgstr ""
4586
4587 msgid ""
4029 4588 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
4030 4589 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
4031 " q - quit, recording no changes\n"
4032 "\n"
4033 " ? - display help"
4590 " q - quit, recording no changes"
4591 msgstr ""
4592
4593 msgid " ? - display help"
4034 4594 msgstr ""
4035 4595
4036 4596 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
@@ -4065,12 +4625,15 b' msgstr ""'
4065 4625 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
4066 4626 msgstr ""
4067 4627
4068 msgid ""
4069 "create a new shared repository (experimental)\n"
4070 "\n"
4628 msgid "create a new shared repository (experimental)"
4629 msgstr ""
4630
4631 msgid ""
4071 4632 " Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
4072 " history with another repository.\n"
4073 "\n"
4633 " history with another repository."
4634 msgstr ""
4635
4636 msgid ""
4074 4637 " NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n"
4075 4638 " source may confuse sharers.\n"
4076 4639 " "
@@ -4082,11 +4645,13 b' msgstr ""'
4082 4645 msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
4083 4646 msgstr ""
4084 4647
4085 msgid ""
4086 "command to transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4087 "\n"
4088 "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch.\n"
4089 "\n"
4648 msgid "command to transplant changesets from another branch"
4649 msgstr ""
4650
4651 msgid "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch."
4652 msgstr ""
4653
4654 msgid ""
4090 4655 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
4091 4656 "map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
4092 4657 msgstr ""
@@ -4141,38 +4706,52 b' msgstr ""'
4141 4706 msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:"
4142 4707 msgstr ""
4143 4708
4144 msgid ""
4145 "transplant changesets from another branch\n"
4146 "\n"
4709 msgid "transplant changesets from another branch"
4710 msgstr ""
4711
4712 msgid ""
4147 4713 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
4148 4714 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
4149 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::\n"
4150 "\n"
4151 " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
4152 "\n"
4715 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::"
4716 msgstr ""
4717
4718 msgid " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)"
4719 msgstr ""
4720
4721 msgid ""
4153 4722 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
4154 4723 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
4155 " $1 and the patch as $2.\n"
4156 "\n"
4724 " $1 and the patch as $2."
4725 msgstr ""
4726
4727 msgid ""
4157 4728 " If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
4158 4729 " repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
4159 4730 " the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
4160 4731 " --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
4161 4732 " transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
4162 " changesets you want.\n"
4163 "\n"
4733 " changesets you want."
4734 msgstr ""
4735
4736 msgid ""
4164 4737 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
4165 4738 " branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
4166 " directory.\n"
4167 "\n"
4739 " directory."
4740 msgstr ""
4741
4742 msgid ""
4168 4743 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
4169 4744 " changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
4170 4745 " of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
4171 " normally instead of transplanting them.\n"
4172 "\n"
4746 " normally instead of transplanting them."
4747 msgstr ""
4748
4749 msgid ""
4173 4750 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
4174 " an interactive changeset browser.\n"
4175 "\n"
4751 " an interactive changeset browser."
4752 msgstr ""
4753
4754 msgid ""
4176 4755 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
4177 4756 " and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
4178 4757 " --continue/-c.\n"
@@ -4224,38 +4803,49 b' msgstr ""'
4224 4803 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
4225 4804 msgstr ""
4226 4805
4227 msgid ""
4228 "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4229 msgstr ""
4230
4231 msgid ""
4232 "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings\n"
4233 "\n"
4806 msgid "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
4807 msgstr ""
4808
4809 msgid "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings"
4810 msgstr ""
4811
4812 msgid ""
4234 4813 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
4235 4814 "splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
4236 4815 "such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
4237 4816 "This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
4238 4817 "wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
4239 "operation.\n"
4240 "\n"
4241 "This extension is useful for:\n"
4242 "\n"
4818 "operation."
4819 msgstr ""
4820
4821 msgid "This extension is useful for:"
4822 msgstr ""
4823
4824 msgid ""
4243 4825 "- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
4244 4826 "- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
4245 4827 "- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
4246 " case-insensitive file system.\n"
4247 "\n"
4248 "This extension is not needed for:\n"
4249 "\n"
4828 " case-insensitive file system."
4829 msgstr ""
4830
4831 msgid "This extension is not needed for:"
4832 msgstr ""
4833
4834 msgid ""
4250 4835 "- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
4251 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n"
4252 "\n"
4253 "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n"
4254 "\n"
4836 "- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings."
4837 msgstr ""
4838
4839 msgid "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:"
4840 msgstr ""
4841
4842 msgid ""
4255 4843 "- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
4256 4844 "- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
4257 " HGENCODING.\n"
4258 "\n"
4845 " HGENCODING."
4846 msgstr ""
4847
4848 msgid ""
4259 4849 "Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
4260 4850 "encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
4261 4851 "setting or HGENCODING.\n"
@@ -4272,31 +4862,41 b' msgstr ""'
4272 4862 msgid "[win32mbcs] activated with encoding: %s\n"
4273 4863 msgstr ""
4274 4864
4275 msgid ""
4276 "perform automatic newline conversion\n"
4277 "\n"
4278 "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::\n"
4279 "\n"
4865 msgid "perform automatic newline conversion"
4866 msgstr ""
4867
4868 msgid "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::"
4869 msgstr ""
4870
4871 msgid ""
4280 4872 " [extensions]\n"
4281 4873 " win32text =\n"
4282 4874 " [encode]\n"
4283 4875 " ** = cleverencode:\n"
4284 " # or ** = macencode:\n"
4285 "\n"
4876 " # or ** = macencode:"
4877 msgstr ""
4878
4879 msgid ""
4286 4880 " [decode]\n"
4287 4881 " ** = cleverdecode:\n"
4288 " # or ** = macdecode:\n"
4289 "\n"
4290 "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by "
4291 "accident::\n"
4292 "\n"
4882 " # or ** = macdecode:"
4883 msgstr ""
4884
4885 msgid "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::"
4886 msgstr ""
4887
4888 msgid ""
4293 4889 " [hooks]\n"
4294 4890 " pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4295 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
4296 "\n"
4891 " # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr"
4892 msgstr ""
4893
4894 msgid ""
4297 4895 "To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
4298 "pushed or pulled::\n"
4299 "\n"
4896 "pushed or pulled::"
4897 msgstr ""
4898
4899 msgid ""
4300 4900 " [hooks]\n"
4301 4901 " pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
4302 4902 " # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
@@ -4322,13 +4922,21 b' msgstr ""'
4322 4922 msgid ""
4323 4923 "\n"
4324 4924 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
4325 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:\n"
4326 "\n"
4925 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:"
4926 msgstr ""
4927
4928 #, python-format
4929 msgid ""
4327 4930 "[hooks]\n"
4328 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s\n"
4329 "\n"
4330 "and also consider adding:\n"
4331 "\n"
4931 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s"
4932 msgstr ""
4933
4934 #, python-format
4935 msgid "and also consider adding:"
4936 msgstr ""
4937
4938 #, python-format
4939 msgid ""
4332 4940 "[extensions]\n"
4333 4941 "win32text =\n"
4334 4942 "[encode]\n"
@@ -4337,21 +4945,29 b' msgid ""'
4337 4945 "** = %sdecode:\n"
4338 4946 msgstr ""
4339 4947
4340 msgid ""
4341 "discover and advertise repositories on the local network\n"
4342 "\n"
4948 msgid "discover and advertise repositories on the local network"
4949 msgstr ""
4950
4951 msgid ""
4343 4952 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
4344 4953 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
4345 "without knowing their actual IP address.\n"
4346 "\n"
4954 "without knowing their actual IP address."
4955 msgstr ""
4956
4957 msgid ""
4347 4958 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
4348 "in your repository::\n"
4349 "\n"
4959 "in your repository::"
4960 msgstr ""
4961
4962 msgid ""
4350 4963 " $ cd test\n"
4351 " $ hg serve\n"
4352 "\n"
4353 "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::\n"
4354 "\n"
4964 " $ hg serve"
4965 msgstr ""
4966
4967 msgid "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::"
4968 msgstr ""
4969
4970 msgid ""
4355 4971 " $ hg paths\n"
4356 4972 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
4357 4973 msgstr ""
@@ -4612,38 +5228,46 b' msgid "empty commit message"'
4612 5228 msgstr "空的提交日志"
4613 5229
4614 5230 #, fuzzy
4615 msgid ""
4616 "add the specified files on the next commit\n"
4617 "\n"
5231 msgid "add the specified files on the next commit"
5232 msgstr "增加指定文件用于下次提交"
5233
5234 #, fuzzy
5235 msgid ""
4618 5236 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
4619 " repository.\n"
4620 "\n"
5237 " repository."
5238 msgstr " 调度文件受版本控制,增加到版本库。"
5239
5240 #, fuzzy
5241 msgid ""
4621 5242 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
4622 " undo an add before that, see hg forget.\n"
4623 "\n"
5243 " undo an add before that, see hg forget."
5244 msgstr ""
5245 " 这些文件将于下次提交时增加到版本库。需要在提交前撤销增加,\n"
5246 " 参见 'hg revert'。"
5247
5248 #, fuzzy
5249 msgid ""
4624 5250 " If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
4625 5251 " "
4626 5252 msgstr ""
4627 "增加指定文件用于下次提交\n"
4628 "\n"
4629 " 调度文件受版本控制,增加到版本库。\n"
4630 "\n"
4631 " 这些文件将于下次提交时增加到版本库。需要在提交前撤销增加,\n"
4632 " 参见 'hg revert'。\n"
4633 "\n"
4634 5253 " 如果没有给出文件名称,就增加所有文件到版本库。\n"
4635 5254 " "
4636 5255
4637 msgid ""
4638 "add all new files, delete all missing files\n"
4639 "\n"
5256 msgid "add all new files, delete all missing files"
5257 msgstr ""
5258
5259 msgid ""
4640 5260 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
4641 " repository.\n"
4642 "\n"
5261 " repository."
5262 msgstr ""
5263
5264 msgid ""
4643 5265 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
4644 5266 " .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
4645 " commit.\n"
4646 "\n"
5267 " commit."
5268 msgstr ""
5269
5270 msgid ""
4647 5271 " Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
4648 5272 " parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
4649 5273 " every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
@@ -4660,27 +5284,29 b' msgid "similarity must be between 0 and '
4660 5284 msgstr ""
4661 5285
4662 5286 #, fuzzy
4663 msgid ""
4664 "show changeset information by line for each file\n"
4665 "\n"
5287 msgid "show changeset information by line for each file"
5288 msgstr "显示指定文件每行的修改集信息"
5289
5290 #, fuzzy
5291 msgid ""
4666 5292 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
4667 " each line\n"
4668 "\n"
5293 " each line"
5294 msgstr " 列出文件中的修改,为每行显示版本标识"
5295
5296 #, fuzzy
5297 msgid ""
4669 5298 " This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
4670 " by whom.\n"
4671 "\n"
5299 " by whom."
5300 msgstr " 此命令用于查找谁做出的修改,或者什么时候发生的修改"
5301
5302 #, fuzzy
5303 msgid ""
4672 5304 " Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
4673 5305 " it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
4674 5306 " anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
4675 5307 " nor desirable.\n"
4676 5308 " "
4677 5309 msgstr ""
4678 "显示指定文件每行的修改集信息\n"
4679 "\n"
4680 " 列出文件中的修改,为每行显示版本标识\n"
4681 "\n"
4682 " 此命令用于查找谁做出的修改,或者什么时候发生的修改\n"
4683 "\n"
4684 5310 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,annotate 会避免处理检测为二进制的文件\n"
4685 5311 " 当使用选项 '-a' 时,annotate 会直接产生追溯,可能会有不合需要的结果\n"
4686 5312 " "
@@ -4695,25 +5321,34 b' msgstr ""'
4695 5321 msgid "%s: binary file\n"
4696 5322 msgstr ""
4697 5323
4698 msgid ""
4699 "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision\n"
4700 "\n"
5324 msgid "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision"
5325 msgstr ""
5326
5327 msgid ""
4701 5328 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
4702 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n"
4703 "\n"
5329 " directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
5330 msgstr ""
5331
5332 msgid ""
4704 5333 " To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
4705 " types are::\n"
4706 "\n"
5334 " types are::"
5335 msgstr ""
5336
5337 msgid ""
4707 5338 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
4708 5339 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
4709 5340 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
4710 5341 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
4711 5342 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
4712 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
4713 "\n"
5343 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate"
5344 msgstr ""
5345
5346 msgid ""
4714 5347 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
4715 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n"
4716 "\n"
5348 " using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details."
5349 msgstr ""
5350
5351 msgid ""
4717 5352 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
4718 5353 " prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
4719 5354 " prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
@@ -4730,23 +5365,25 b' msgstr ""'
4730 5365 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
4731 5366 msgstr ""
4732 5367
4733 msgid ""
4734 "reverse effect of earlier changeset\n"
4735 "\n"
5368 msgid "reverse effect of earlier changeset"
5369 msgstr ""
5370
5371 msgid ""
4736 5372 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
4737 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n"
4738 "\n"
5373 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset."
5374 msgstr ""
5375
5376 msgid ""
4739 5377 " If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
4740 5378 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
4741 " backout changeset with another head.\n"
4742 "\n"
5379 " backout changeset with another head."
5380 msgstr ""
5381
5382 msgid ""
4743 5383 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
4744 5384 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
4745 5385 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
4746 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge.\n"
4747 "\n"
4748 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
4749 " "
5386 " The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge."
4750 5387 msgstr ""
4751 5388
4752 5389 msgid "please specify just one revision"
@@ -4785,9 +5422,10 b' msgstr ""'
4785 5422 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
4786 5423 msgstr ""
4787 5424
4788 msgid ""
4789 "subdivision search of changesets\n"
4790 "\n"
5425 msgid "subdivision search of changesets"
5426 msgstr ""
5427
5428 msgid ""
4791 5429 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
4792 5430 " use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
4793 5431 " bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
@@ -4795,11 +5433,15 b' msgid ""'
4795 5433 " for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
4796 5434 " you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
4797 5435 " bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
4798 " or announce that it has found the bad revision.\n"
4799 "\n"
5436 " or announce that it has found the bad revision."
5437 msgstr ""
5438
5439 msgid ""
4800 5440 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
4801 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n"
4802 "\n"
5441 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
5442 msgstr ""
5443
5444 msgid ""
4803 5445 " If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
4804 5446 " Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
4805 5447 " status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
@@ -4852,22 +5494,29 b' msgstr "\xe4\xbf\xae\xe6\x94\xb9\xe9\x9b\x86: %d:%s\\n"'
4852 5494 msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
4853 5495 msgstr ""
4854 5496
4855 msgid ""
4856 "set or show the current branch name\n"
4857 "\n"
5497 msgid "set or show the current branch name"
5498 msgstr ""
5499
5500 msgid ""
4858 5501 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
4859 5502 " set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
4860 5503 " in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
4861 5504 " recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
4862 " branch.\n"
4863 "\n"
5505 " branch."
5506 msgstr ""
5507
5508 msgid ""
4864 5509 " Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
4865 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive.\n"
4866 "\n"
5510 " branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
5511 msgstr ""
5512
5513 msgid ""
4867 5514 " Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
4868 5515 " the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
4869 " change.\n"
4870 "\n"
5516 " change."
5517 msgstr ""
5518
5519 msgid ""
4871 5520 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
4872 5521 " 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
4873 5522 " "
@@ -4884,40 +5533,54 b' msgstr ""'
4884 5533 msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n"
4885 5534 msgstr ""
4886 5535
4887 msgid ""
4888 "list repository named branches\n"
4889 "\n"
5536 msgid "list repository named branches"
5537 msgstr ""
5538
5539 msgid ""
4890 5540 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
4891 5541 " inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
4892 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
4893 "\n"
5542 " been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch)."
5543 msgstr ""
5544
5545 msgid ""
4894 5546 " If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
4895 " is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n"
4896 "\n"
5547 " is considered active if it contains repository heads."
5548 msgstr ""
5549
5550 msgid ""
4897 5551 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
4898 5552 " "
4899 5553 msgstr ""
4900 5554
4901 msgid ""
4902 "create a changegroup file\n"
4903 "\n"
5555 msgid "create a changegroup file"
5556 msgstr ""
5557
5558 msgid ""
4904 5559 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
4905 " known to be in another repository.\n"
4906 "\n"
5560 " known to be in another repository."
5561 msgstr ""
5562
5563 msgid ""
4907 5564 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
4908 5565 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
4909 5566 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
4910 " -a/--all (or --base null).\n"
4911 "\n"
5567 " -a/--all (or --base null)."
5568 msgstr ""
5569
5570 msgid ""
4912 5571 " You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
4913 5572 " The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
4914 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2).\n"
4915 "\n"
5573 " gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2)."
5574 msgstr ""
5575
5576 msgid ""
4916 5577 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
4917 5578 " and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
4918 5579 " command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
4919 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
4920 "\n"
5580 " available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable."
5581 msgstr ""
5582
5583 msgid ""
4921 5584 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
4922 5585 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
4923 5586 " "
@@ -4929,62 +5592,85 b' msgstr ""'
4929 5592 msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type"
4930 5593 msgstr ""
4931 5594
4932 msgid ""
4933 "output the current or given revision of files\n"
4934 "\n"
5595 msgid "output the current or given revision of files"
5596 msgstr ""
5597
5598 msgid ""
4935 5599 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
4936 5600 " no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
4937 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
4938 "\n"
5601 " or tip if no revision is checked out."
5602 msgstr ""
5603
5604 msgid ""
4939 5605 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
4940 5606 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
4941 " for the export command, with the following additions::\n"
4942 "\n"
5607 " for the export command, with the following additions::"
5608 msgstr ""
5609
5610 msgid ""
4943 5611 " %s basename of file being printed\n"
4944 5612 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
4945 5613 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
4946 5614 " "
4947 5615 msgstr ""
4948 5616
4949 msgid ""
4950 "make a copy of an existing repository\n"
4951 "\n"
4952 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
4953 "\n"
5617 msgid "make a copy of an existing repository"
5618 msgstr ""
5619
5620 msgid " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory."
5621 msgstr ""
5622
5623 msgid ""
4954 5624 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
4955 " basename of the source.\n"
4956 "\n"
5625 " basename of the source."
5626 msgstr ""
5627
5628 msgid ""
4957 5629 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
4958 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
4959 "\n"
5630 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls."
5631 msgstr ""
5632
5633 msgid ""
4960 5634 " If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
4961 5635 " no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
4962 5636 " present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
4963 " on local repositories.\n"
4964 "\n"
5637 " on local repositories."
5638 msgstr ""
5639
5640 msgid ""
4965 5641 " By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
4966 5642 " If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
4967 5643 " only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
4968 " parent is the null revision).\n"
4969 "\n"
4970 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
4971 "\n"
5644 " parent is the null revision)."
5645 msgstr ""
5646
5647 msgid " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details."
5648 msgstr ""
5649
5650 msgid ""
4972 5651 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
4973 5652 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
4974 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
4975 "\n"
5653 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs."
5654 msgstr ""
5655
5656 msgid ""
4976 5657 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
4977 5658 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
4978 5659 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
4979 5660 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
4980 5661 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
4981 " avoid hardlinking.\n"
4982 "\n"
5662 " avoid hardlinking."
5663 msgstr ""
5664
5665 msgid ""
4983 5666 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
4984 " using full hardlinks with ::\n"
4985 "\n"
4986 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
4987 "\n"
5667 " using full hardlinks with ::"
5668 msgstr ""
5669
5670 msgid " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE"
5671 msgstr ""
5672
5673 msgid ""
4988 5674 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
4989 5675 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
4990 5676 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
@@ -4995,37 +5681,33 b' msgid ""'
4995 5681 msgstr ""
4996 5682
4997 5683 #, fuzzy
4998 msgid ""
4999 "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes\n"
5000 "\n"
5684 msgid "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes"
5685 msgstr "提交指定文件的修改或全部修改"
5686
5687 #, fuzzy
5688 msgid ""
5001 5689 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
5002 5690 " centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
5003 " for a way to actively distribute your changes.\n"
5004 "\n"
5691 " for a way to actively distribute your changes."
5692 msgstr " 将指定文件的修改提交到版本库。"
5693
5694 #, fuzzy
5695 msgid ""
5005 5696 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
5006 " will be committed.\n"
5007 "\n"
5697 " will be committed."
5698 msgstr " 如果省略了文件列表,那么 \"hg status\" 报告的所有修改都被提交。"
5699
5700 #, fuzzy
5701 msgid ""
5008 5702 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
5009 " filenames or -I/-X filters.\n"
5010 "\n"
5703 " filenames or -I/-X filters."
5704 msgstr " 如果你要提交合并结果,请不要提供任何文件名称或过滤器 '-I/-X'。"
5705
5706 #, fuzzy
5707 msgid ""
5011 5708 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
5012 " started to prompt you for a message.\n"
5013 "\n"
5014 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5015 " "
5016 msgstr ""
5017 "提交指定文件的修改或全部修改\n"
5018 "\n"
5019 " 将指定文件的修改提交到版本库。\n"
5020 "\n"
5021 " 如果省略了文件列表,那么 \"hg status\" 报告的所有修改都被提交。\n"
5022 "\n"
5023 " 如果你要提交合并结果,请不要提供任何文件名称或过滤器 '-I/-X'。\n"
5024 "\n"
5025 " 如果没有指定提交日志,将会启动配置的编辑器,让你输入信息。\n"
5026 "\n"
5027 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
5028 " "
5709 " started to prompt you for a message."
5710 msgstr " 如果没有指定提交日志,将会启动配置的编辑器,让你输入信息。"
5029 5711
5030 5712 msgid "nothing changed\n"
5031 5713 msgstr "没有改变\n"
@@ -5037,17 +5719,22 b' msgstr "\xe5\xb7\xb2\xe7\xbb\x8f\xe5\x88\x9b\xe5\xbb\xba\xe6\x96\xb0\xe9\xa1\xb6\xe7\x82\xb9\\n"'
5037 5719 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
5038 5720 msgstr "提交修改集 %d:%s\n"
5039 5721
5040 msgid ""
5041 "mark files as copied for the next commit\n"
5042 "\n"
5722 msgid "mark files as copied for the next commit"
5723 msgstr ""
5724
5725 msgid ""
5043 5726 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
5044 5727 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
5045 " the source must be a single file.\n"
5046 "\n"
5728 " the source must be a single file."
5729 msgstr ""
5730
5731 msgid ""
5047 5732 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
5048 5733 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
5049 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
5050 "\n"
5734 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed."
5735 msgstr ""
5736
5737 msgid ""
5051 5738 " This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
5052 5739 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5053 5740 " "
@@ -5090,17 +5777,23 b' msgstr ""'
5090 5777 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
5091 5778 msgstr ""
5092 5779
5093 msgid ""
5094 "show combined config settings from all hgrc files\n"
5095 "\n"
5096 " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.\n"
5097 "\n"
5780 msgid "show combined config settings from all hgrc files"
5781 msgstr ""
5782
5783 msgid " With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
5784 msgstr ""
5785
5786 msgid ""
5098 5787 " With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
5099 " of that config item.\n"
5100 "\n"
5788 " of that config item."
5789 msgstr ""
5790
5791 msgid ""
5101 5792 " With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
5102 " items with matching section names.\n"
5103 "\n"
5793 " items with matching section names."
5794 msgstr ""
5795
5796 msgid ""
5104 5797 " With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
5105 5798 " for each config item.\n"
5106 5799 " "
@@ -5109,9 +5802,10 b' msgstr ""'
5109 5802 msgid "only one config item permitted"
5110 5803 msgstr ""
5111 5804
5112 msgid ""
5113 "manually set the parents of the current working directory\n"
5114 "\n"
5805 msgid "manually set the parents of the current working directory"
5806 msgstr ""
5807
5808 msgid ""
5115 5809 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
5116 5810 " be used with care.\n"
5117 5811 " "
@@ -5177,14 +5871,10 b' msgstr ""'
5177 5871 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
5178 5872 msgstr ""
5179 5873
5180 msgid ""
5181 " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please "
5182 "check your .hgrc file)\n"
5183 msgstr ""
5184
5185 msgid ""
5186 " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial."
5187 "selenic.com/bts/\n"
5874 msgid " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
5875 msgstr ""
5876
5877 msgid " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
5188 5878 msgstr ""
5189 5879
5190 5880 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
@@ -5228,67 +5918,78 b' msgid "show how files match on given pat'
5228 5918 msgstr ""
5229 5919
5230 5920 #, fuzzy
5231 msgid ""
5232 "diff repository (or selected files)\n"
5233 "\n"
5234 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n"
5235 "\n"
5236 " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n"
5237 "\n"
5921 msgid "diff repository (or selected files)"
5922 msgstr "在版本库中比较(指定的文件)"
5923
5924 #, fuzzy
5925 msgid " Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
5926 msgstr " 显示指定文件在版本间的差异。"
5927
5928 #, fuzzy
5929 msgid " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
5930 msgstr " 文件间的差异使用同一差异格式显示。"
5931
5932 #, fuzzy
5933 msgid ""
5238 5934 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
5239 5935 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
5240 " changeset if no revisions are specified.\n"
5241 "\n"
5242 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
5243 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
5244 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
5245 " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
5246 " to its parent.\n"
5247 "\n"
5936 " changeset if no revisions are specified."
5937 msgstr ""
5938 " 注意: 对合并的比较可能会产生不期望的结果,因为没有指定版本时,默认\n"
5939 " 与工作目录的直接父亲比较。"
5940
5941 #, fuzzy
5942 msgid ""
5248 5943 " Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
5249 5944 " files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
5250 " anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
5251 "\n"
5945 " anyway, probably with undesirable results."
5946 msgstr ""
5947 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,将会避免处理检测为二进制的文件。当使用选项 '-a'\n"
5948 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。"
5949
5950 #, fuzzy
5951 msgid ""
5252 5952 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5253 5953 " format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
5254 5954 " "
5255 5955 msgstr ""
5256 "在版本库中比较(指定的文件)\n"
5257 "\n"
5258 " 显示指定文件在版本间的差异。\n"
5259 "\n"
5260 " 文件间的差异使用同一差异格式显示。\n"
5261 "\n"
5262 " 注意: 对合并的比较可能会产生不期望的结果,因为没有指定版本时,默认\n"
5263 " 与工作目录的直接父亲比较。\n"
5264 "\n"
5265 " 当给出两个版本参数时,会显示在这些版本间的修改。如果只给出一个版本,\n"
5266 " 那么它将与工作目录比较。当没有指定版本时,将比较工作目录中的文件与\n"
5267 " 它的直接父亲。\n"
5268 "\n"
5269 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,将会避免处理检测为二进制的文件。当使用选项 '-a'\n"
5270 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。\n"
5271 "\n"
5272 5956 " 使用选项 '--git' 会使用 git 扩展差异格式。请阅读 'hg help diffs' 以\n"
5273 5957 " 了解更多信息。\n"
5274 5958 " "
5275 5959
5276 5960 #, fuzzy
5277 msgid ""
5278 "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets\n"
5279 "\n"
5280 " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n"
5281 "\n"
5961 msgid "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets"
5962 msgstr "为一个或多个修改集输出标题和差异"
5963
5964 #, fuzzy
5965 msgid " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
5966 msgstr " 为一个或多个版本输出标题和差异。"
5967
5968 #, fuzzy
5969 msgid ""
5282 5970 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
5283 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment.\n"
5284 "\n"
5971 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment."
5972 msgstr " 在修改集标题中显示的信息是: 作者,修改集哈希,父亲和提交日志。"
5973
5974 #, fuzzy
5975 msgid ""
5285 5976 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5286 5977 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
5287 " first parent only.\n"
5288 "\n"
5978 " first parent only."
5979 msgstr ""
5980 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,导出可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只会将合并\n"
5981 " 修改集与其第一个父亲比较。"
5982
5983 #, fuzzy
5984 msgid ""
5289 5985 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
5290 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::\n"
5291 "\n"
5986 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::"
5987 msgstr ""
5988 " 可以输出到文件,这时会使用指定的格式化字符串构造文件名称。格式化规则\n"
5989 " 如下:"
5990
5991 #, fuzzy
5992 msgid ""
5292 5993 " %% literal \"%\" character\n"
5293 5994 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5294 5995 " %N number of patches being generated\n"
@@ -5296,31 +5997,8 b' msgid ""'
5296 5997 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
5297 5998 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
5298 5999 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
5299 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
5300 "\n"
5301 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
5302 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
5303 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
5304 "\n"
5305 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
5306 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information.\n"
5307 "\n"
5308 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
5309 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
5310 " "
5311 msgstr ""
5312 "为一个或多个修改集输出标题和差异\n"
5313 "\n"
5314 " 为一个或多个版本输出标题和差异。\n"
5315 "\n"
5316 " 在修改集标题中显示的信息是: 作者,修改集哈希,父亲和提交日志。\n"
5317 "\n"
5318 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,导出可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只会将合并\n"
5319 " 修改集与其第一个父亲比较。\n"
5320 "\n"
5321 " 可以输出到文件,这时会使用指定的格式化字符串构造文件名称。格式化规则\n"
5322 " 如下:\n"
5323 "\n"
6000 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number"
6001 msgstr ""
5324 6002 " %% 字符 \"%\"\n"
5325 6003 " %H 修改集哈希 (40 位十六进制数字)\n"
5326 6004 " %N 产生的补丁号\n"
@@ -5328,14 +6006,31 b' msgstr ""'
5328 6006 " %b 待导出的版本库的基本名称\n"
5329 6007 " %h 短修改集哈希(12 位十六进制数字)\n"
5330 6008 " %n 从 1 开始补 0 的序列号\n"
5331 " %r 补 0 的修改集版本号\n"
5332 "\n"
6009 " %r 补 0 的修改集版本号"
6010
6011 #, fuzzy
6012 msgid ""
6013 " Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
6014 " of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
6015 " diff anyway, probably with undesirable results."
6016 msgstr ""
5333 6017 " 当没有选项 '-a' 时,将会避免处理检测为二进制的文件。当使用选项 '-a'\n"
5334 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。\n"
5335 "\n"
6018 " 时,可能会有不合需要的结果。"
6019
6020 #, fuzzy
6021 msgid ""
6022 " Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
6023 " format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information."
6024 msgstr ""
5336 6025 " 使用选项 '--git' 会使用 git 扩展差异格式。请阅读差异帮助主题以了解\n"
5337 " 更多信息。\n"
5338 "\n"
6026 " 更多信息。"
6027
6028 #, fuzzy
6029 msgid ""
6030 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
6031 " second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
6032 " "
6033 msgstr ""
5339 6034 " 使用选项 '--switch-parent',将会与第二个父亲比较。对于复审合并很有用。\n"
5340 6035 " "
5341 6036
@@ -5348,16 +6043,21 b' msgstr ""'
5348 6043 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
5349 6044 msgstr ""
5350 6045
5351 msgid ""
5352 "forget the specified files on the next commit\n"
5353 "\n"
6046 msgid "forget the specified files on the next commit"
6047 msgstr ""
6048
6049 msgid ""
5354 6050 " Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
5355 " after the next commit.\n"
5356 "\n"
6051 " after the next commit."
6052 msgstr ""
6053
6054 msgid ""
5357 6055 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
5358 6056 " entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
5359 " working directory.\n"
5360 "\n"
6057 " working directory."
6058 msgstr ""
6059
6060 msgid ""
5361 6061 " To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
5362 6062 " "
5363 6063 msgstr ""
@@ -5369,16 +6069,20 b' msgstr ""'
5369 6069 msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
5370 6070 msgstr ""
5371 6071
5372 msgid ""
5373 "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions\n"
5374 "\n"
5375 " Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n"
5376 "\n"
6072 msgid "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions"
6073 msgstr ""
6074
6075 msgid " Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
6076 msgstr ""
6077
6078 msgid ""
5377 6079 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
5378 6080 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
5379 6081 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
5380 " match appears.\n"
5381 "\n"
6082 " match appears."
6083 msgstr ""
6084
6085 msgid ""
5382 6086 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
5383 6087 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
5384 6088 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
@@ -5391,28 +6095,38 b' msgstr ""'
5391 6095 msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n"
5392 6096 msgstr ""
5393 6097
5394 msgid ""
5395 "show current repository heads or show branch heads\n"
5396 "\n"
5397 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
5398 "\n"
6098 msgid "show current repository heads or show branch heads"
6099 msgstr ""
6100
6101 msgid " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets."
6102 msgstr ""
6103
6104 msgid ""
5399 6105 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
5400 6106 " where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
5401 " for update and merge operations.\n"
5402 "\n"
6107 " for update and merge operations."
6108 msgstr ""
6109
6110 msgid ""
5403 6111 " If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
5404 " the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s).\n"
5405 "\n"
6112 " the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s)."
6113 msgstr ""
6114
6115 msgid ""
5406 6116 " Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n"
5407 6117 " the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n"
5408 6118 " or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n"
5409 6119 " merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n"
5410 6120 " branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n"
5411 " are true heads, the branch is considered inactive.\n"
5412 "\n"
6121 " are true heads, the branch is considered inactive."
6122 msgstr ""
6123
6124 msgid ""
5413 6125 " If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
5414 " (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
5415 "\n"
6126 " (see hg commit --close-branch)."
6127 msgstr ""
6128
6129 msgid ""
5416 6130 " If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
5417 6131 " STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
5418 6132 " "
@@ -5433,11 +6147,13 b' msgstr ""'
5433 6147 msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n"
5434 6148 msgstr ""
5435 6149
5436 msgid ""
5437 "show help for a given topic or a help overview\n"
5438 "\n"
5439 " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.\n"
5440 "\n"
6150 msgid "show help for a given topic or a help overview"
6151 msgstr ""
6152
6153 msgid " With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
6154 msgstr ""
6155
6156 msgid ""
5441 6157 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
5442 6158 " topic."
5443 6159 msgstr ""
@@ -5459,12 +6175,8 b' msgstr "\xe4\xbd\xbf\xe7\x94\xa8 \\"hg -v help%s\\" \xe6\x98\xbe\xe7\xa4\xba\xe5\x88\xab\xe5\x90\x8d\xe5\x92\x8c\xe5\x85\xa8\xe5\xb1\x80\xe9\x80\x89\xe9\xa1\xb9"'
5459 6175 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
5460 6176 msgstr "使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 显示全局选项"
5461 6177
5462 msgid ""
5463 "list of commands:\n"
5464 "\n"
5465 msgstr ""
5466 "命令列表:\n"
5467 "\n"
6178 msgid "list of commands:"
6179 msgstr "命令列表:"
5468 6180
5469 6181 #, python-format
5470 6182 msgid ""
@@ -5494,39 +6206,36 b' msgid "no help text available"'
5494 6206 msgstr "没有可用的帮助信息"
5495 6207
5496 6208 #, fuzzy, python-format
5497 msgid ""
5498 "%s extension - %s\n"
5499 "\n"
6209 msgid "%s extension - %s"
5500 6210 msgstr "** 已加载的扩展: %s\n"
5501 6211
5502 6212 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
5503 6213 msgstr "分布式软件配置管理工具 - 水银\n"
5504 6214
5505 msgid ""
5506 "basic commands:\n"
5507 "\n"
5508 msgstr ""
5509 "基本命令:\n"
5510 "\n"
5511
5512 msgid ""
5513 "\n"
5514 "additional help topics:\n"
5515 "\n"
5516 msgstr ""
5517 "\n"
5518 "额外的帮助主题:\n"
5519 "\n"
5520
5521 msgid ""
5522 "identify the working copy or specified revision\n"
5523 "\n"
6215 msgid "basic commands:"
6216 msgstr "基本命令:"
6217
6218 msgid ""
6219 "\n"
6220 "additional help topics:"
6221 msgstr ""
6222 "\n"
6223 "额外的帮助主题:"
6224
6225 msgid "identify the working copy or specified revision"
6226 msgstr ""
6227
6228 msgid ""
5524 6229 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
5525 " repository.\n"
5526 "\n"
6230 " repository."
6231 msgstr ""
6232
6233 msgid ""
5527 6234 " Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
5528 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.\n"
5529 "\n"
6235 " cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
6236 msgstr ""
6237
6238 msgid ""
5530 6239 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
5531 6240 " parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
5532 6241 " uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
@@ -5534,35 +6243,47 b' msgid ""'
5534 6243 " "
5535 6244 msgstr ""
5536 6245
5537 msgid ""
5538 "import an ordered set of patches\n"
5539 "\n"
5540 " Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n"
5541 "\n"
6246 msgid "import an ordered set of patches"
6247 msgstr ""
6248
6249 msgid " Import a list of patches and commit them individually."
6250 msgstr ""
6251
6252 msgid ""
5542 6253 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
5543 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag.\n"
5544 "\n"
6254 " will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
6255 msgstr ""
6256
6257 msgid ""
5545 6258 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
5546 6259 " as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
5547 6260 " text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
5548 6261 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
5549 6262 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
5550 " message.\n"
5551 "\n"
6263 " message."
6264 msgstr ""
6265
6266 msgid ""
5552 6267 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
5553 6268 " description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
5554 6269 " body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
5555 " override these.\n"
5556 "\n"
6270 " override these."
6271 msgstr ""
6272
6273 msgid ""
5557 6274 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
5558 6275 " the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
5559 6276 " resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
5560 6277 " the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
5561 " deficiencies in the text patch format.\n"
5562 "\n"
6278 " deficiencies in the text patch format."
6279 msgstr ""
6280
6281 msgid ""
5563 6282 " With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
5564 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n"
5565 "\n"
6283 " copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
6284 msgstr ""
6285
6286 msgid ""
5566 6287 " To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
5567 6288 " a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
5568 6289 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
@@ -5588,56 +6309,69 b' msgstr "%s \xe4\xb8\x8d\xe6\x98\xaf\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\x9c\xb0\xe7\x9a\x84\xe6\xb0\xb4\xe9\x93\xb6\xe7\x89\x88\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\xba\x93"'
5588 6309 msgid "patch is damaged or loses information"
5589 6310 msgstr ""
5590 6311
5591 msgid ""
5592 "show new changesets found in source\n"
5593 "\n"
6312 msgid "show new changesets found in source"
6313 msgstr ""
6314
6315 msgid ""
5594 6316 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
5595 6317 " pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
5596 " if a pull at the time you issued this command.\n"
5597 "\n"
6318 " if a pull at the time you issued this command."
6319 msgstr ""
6320
6321 msgid ""
5598 6322 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
5599 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n"
5600 "\n"
6323 " changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
6324 msgstr ""
6325
6326 msgid ""
5601 6327 " See pull for valid source format details.\n"
5602 6328 " "
5603 6329 msgstr ""
5604 6330
5605 6331 #, fuzzy
5606 msgid ""
5607 "create a new repository in the given directory\n"
5608 "\n"
6332 msgid "create a new repository in the given directory"
6333 msgstr "在指定目录创建新版本库"
6334
6335 #, fuzzy
6336 msgid ""
5609 6337 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
5610 " directory does not exist, it will be created.\n"
5611 "\n"
5612 " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n"
5613 "\n"
6338 " directory does not exist, it will be created."
6339 msgstr " 在指定目录初始化新版本库。如果指定的目录不存在,那么会被创建。"
6340
6341 #, fuzzy
6342 msgid " If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
6343 msgstr " 如果没有指定目录,就使用当前目录。"
6344
6345 #, fuzzy
6346 msgid ""
5614 6347 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
5615 6348 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
5616 6349 " "
5617 6350 msgstr ""
5618 "在指定目录创建新版本库\n"
5619 "\n"
5620 " 在指定目录初始化新版本库。如果指定的目录不存在,那么会被创建。\n"
5621 "\n"
5622 " 如果没有指定目录,就使用当前目录。\n"
5623 "\n"
5624 6351 " 可以指定位置 'ssh://' 作为目标。参见命令 'hg help urls' 的帮助信息,\n"
5625 6352 " 以了解位置 'ssh://' 的重要详情。\n"
5626 6353 " "
5627 6354
5628 msgid ""
5629 "locate files matching specific patterns\n"
5630 "\n"
6355 msgid "locate files matching specific patterns"
6356 msgstr ""
6357
6358 msgid ""
5631 6359 " Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
5632 " names match the given patterns.\n"
5633 "\n"
6360 " names match the given patterns."
6361 msgstr ""
6362
6363 msgid ""
5634 6364 " By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
5635 6365 " directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
5636 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\".\n"
5637 "\n"
6366 " subdirectories, use \"--include .\"."
6367 msgstr ""
6368
6369 msgid ""
5638 6370 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
5639 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.\n"
5640 "\n"
6371 " of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
6372 msgstr ""
6373
6374 msgid ""
5641 6375 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
5642 6376 " command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
5643 6377 " will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
@@ -5646,29 +6380,156 b' msgid ""'
5646 6380 msgstr ""
5647 6381
5648 6382 #, fuzzy
5649 msgid ""
5650 "show revision history of entire repository or files\n"
5651 "\n"
6383 msgid "show revision history of entire repository or files"
6384 msgstr ""
6385 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6386 "\n"
6387 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6388 "\n"
6389 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6390 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6391 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6392 " 个父亲。\n"
6393 "\n"
6394 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6395 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6396 "\n"
6397 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6398 "\n"
6399 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6400 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6401 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6402 "\n"
6403 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6404 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6405 " 文件列表。\n"
6406 "\n"
6407 " "
6408
6409 #, fuzzy
6410 msgid ""
5652 6411 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
5653 " project.\n"
5654 "\n"
6412 " project."
6413 msgstr ""
6414 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6415 "\n"
6416 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6417 "\n"
6418 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6419 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6420 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6421 " 个父亲。\n"
6422 "\n"
6423 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6424 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6425 "\n"
6426 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6427 "\n"
6428 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6429 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6430 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6431 "\n"
6432 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6433 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6434 " 文件列表。\n"
6435 "\n"
6436 " "
6437
6438 #, fuzzy
6439 msgid ""
5655 6440 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
5656 6441 " files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
5657 6442 " renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
5658 6443 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
5659 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n"
5660 "\n"
6444 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions."
6445 msgstr ""
6446 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6447 "\n"
6448 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6449 "\n"
6450 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6451 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6452 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6453 " 个父亲。\n"
6454 "\n"
6455 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6456 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6457 "\n"
6458 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6459 "\n"
6460 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6461 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6462 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6463 "\n"
6464 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6465 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6466 " 文件列表。\n"
6467 "\n"
6468 " "
6469
6470 #, fuzzy
6471 msgid ""
5661 6472 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
5662 6473 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
5663 " used as the starting revision.\n"
5664 "\n"
5665 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
5666 "\n"
6474 " used as the starting revision."
6475 msgstr ""
6476 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6477 "\n"
6478 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6479 "\n"
6480 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6481 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6482 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6483 " 个父亲。\n"
6484 "\n"
6485 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6486 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6487 "\n"
6488 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6489 "\n"
6490 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6491 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6492 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6493 "\n"
6494 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6495 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6496 " 文件列表。\n"
6497 "\n"
6498 " "
6499
6500 #, fuzzy
6501 msgid ""
5667 6502 " By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
5668 6503 " tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
5669 6504 " each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
5670 " changed files and full commit message are shown.\n"
5671 "\n"
6505 " changed files and full commit message are shown."
6506 msgstr ""
6507 "显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史\n"
6508 "\n"
6509 " 显示全部版本库或指定文件的版本历史。\n"
6510 "\n"
6511 " 显示文件历史的时候不跟踪改名或复制。对文件名称使用 '-f/--follow'\n"
6512 " 会跟踪改名或复制的历史。当不给出文件名称时,使用 '--follow' 只显\n"
6513 " 示开始版本的直系祖先。使用 '--follow-first' 只显示合并版本的第一\n"
6514 " 个父亲。\n"
6515 "\n"
6516 " 如果没有指定版本范围,默认是 'tip:0'。当使用 '--follow' 时,使用\n"
6517 " 工作目录的父亲作为开始版本。\n"
6518 "\n"
6519 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6520 "\n"
6521 " 此命令缺省输出: 修改集标识和哈希,标签,父亲,提交者,日期和时间,\n"
6522 " 以及每次提交的概要信息。当使用选项 '-v/--verbose' 时,会显示文件\n"
6523 " 变更列表和完整的提交信息。\n"
6524 "\n"
6525 " 注意: 对于合并修改集,'log -p' 可能产生不期望的差异输出,因为它只\n"
6526 " 会将合并修改集与其第一个父亲比较。而且,只显示对所有父亲都不同的\n"
6527 " 文件列表。\n"
6528 "\n"
6529 " "
6530
6531 #, fuzzy
6532 msgid ""
5672 6533 " NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
5673 6534 " changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
5674 6535 " its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
@@ -5699,30 +6560,65 b' msgstr ""'
5699 6560 "\n"
5700 6561 " "
5701 6562
5702 msgid ""
5703 "output the current or given revision of the project manifest\n"
5704 "\n"
6563 msgid "output the current or given revision of the project manifest"
6564 msgstr ""
6565
6566 msgid ""
5705 6567 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
5706 6568 " If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
5707 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.\n"
5708 "\n"
6569 " is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
6570 msgstr ""
6571
6572 msgid ""
5709 6573 " With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
5710 6574 " With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
5711 6575 " "
5712 6576 msgstr ""
5713 6577
5714 6578 #, fuzzy
5715 msgid ""
5716 "merge working directory with another revision\n"
5717 "\n"
6579 msgid "merge working directory with another revision"
6580 msgstr ""
6581 "将工作目录与其它版本合并\n"
6582 "\n"
6583 " 将当前工作目录中的内容与指定版本合并。对任一父亲而言改变的文件都会对\n"
6584 " 下次提交标记为已修改,在提交之前不允许再执行更新。\n"
6585 "\n"
6586 " 如果没有指定版本,那么工作目录的父亲是一个合并顶点,另一个在当前分支\n"
6587 " 中,合并后的内容是新的顶点。否则,必须明确的指定要合并的版本。\n"
6588 " "
6589
6590 #, fuzzy
6591 msgid ""
5718 6592 " The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
5719 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.\n"
5720 "\n"
6593 " the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
6594 msgstr ""
6595 "将工作目录与其它版本合并\n"
6596 "\n"
6597 " 将当前工作目录中的内容与指定版本合并。对任一父亲而言改变的文件都会对\n"
6598 " 下次提交标记为已修改,在提交之前不允许再执行更新。\n"
6599 "\n"
6600 " 如果没有指定版本,那么工作目录的父亲是一个合并顶点,另一个在当前分支\n"
6601 " 中,合并后的内容是新的顶点。否则,必须明确的指定要合并的版本。\n"
6602 " "
6603
6604 #, fuzzy
6605 msgid ""
5721 6606 " Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
5722 6607 " the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
5723 6608 " updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
5724 " two parents.\n"
5725 "\n"
6609 " two parents."
6610 msgstr ""
6611 "将工作目录与其它版本合并\n"
6612 "\n"
6613 " 将当前工作目录中的内容与指定版本合并。对任一父亲而言改变的文件都会对\n"
6614 " 下次提交标记为已修改,在提交之前不允许再执行更新。\n"
6615 "\n"
6616 " 如果没有指定版本,那么工作目录的父亲是一个合并顶点,另一个在当前分支\n"
6617 " 中,合并后的内容是新的顶点。否则,必须明确的指定要合并的版本。\n"
6618 " "
6619
6620 #, fuzzy
6621 msgid ""
5726 6622 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
5727 6623 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
5728 6624 " head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
@@ -5753,26 +6649,29 b' msgstr ""'
5753 6649 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
5754 6650 msgstr ""
5755 6651
5756 msgid ""
5757 "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit "
5758 "rev"
5759 msgstr ""
5760
5761 msgid ""
5762 "show changesets not found in destination\n"
5763 "\n"
6652 msgid "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit rev"
6653 msgstr ""
6654
6655 msgid "show changesets not found in destination"
6656 msgstr ""
6657
6658 msgid ""
5764 6659 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
5765 6660 " or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
5766 " be pushed if a push was requested.\n"
5767 "\n"
6661 " be pushed if a push was requested."
6662 msgstr ""
6663
6664 msgid ""
5768 6665 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
5769 6666 " "
5770 6667 msgstr ""
5771 6668
5772 6669 #, fuzzy
5773 msgid ""
5774 "show the parents of the working directory or revision\n"
5775 "\n"
6670 msgid "show the parents of the working directory or revision"
6671 msgstr "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲"
6672
6673 #, fuzzy
6674 msgid ""
5776 6675 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
5777 6676 " given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
5778 6677 " If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
@@ -5780,8 +6679,6 b' msgid ""'
5780 6679 " argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
5781 6680 " "
5782 6681 msgstr ""
5783 "显示工作目录或指定版本的父亲\n"
5784 "\n"
5785 6682 " 显示工作目录的父亲版本。如果使用 '--rev' 指定版本,就显示此版本的\n"
5786 6683 " 父亲。如果指定了文件,那么使用此文件最后修改的版本(工作目录的起源\n"
5787 6684 " 版本,或 '--rev' 指定的版本)。\n"
@@ -5794,15 +6691,20 b' msgstr ""'
5794 6691 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
5795 6692 msgstr ""
5796 6693
5797 msgid ""
5798 "show aliases for remote repositories\n"
5799 "\n"
6694 msgid "show aliases for remote repositories"
6695 msgstr ""
6696
6697 msgid ""
5800 6698 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
5801 " show definition of all available names.\n"
5802 "\n"
6699 " show definition of all available names."
6700 msgstr ""
6701
6702 msgid ""
5803 6703 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
5804 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n"
5805 "\n"
6704 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too."
6705 msgstr ""
6706
6707 msgid ""
5806 6708 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
5807 6709 " "
5808 6710 msgstr ""
@@ -5820,21 +6722,71 b' msgid "(run \'hg update\' to get a working'
5820 6722 msgstr ""
5821 6723
5822 6724 #, fuzzy
5823 msgid ""
5824 "pull changes from the specified source\n"
5825 "\n"
5826 " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n"
5827 "\n"
6725 msgid "pull changes from the specified source"
6726 msgstr ""
6727 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
6728 "\n"
6729 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6730 "\n"
6731 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6732 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6733 "\n"
6734 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6735 " 更多信息。\n"
6736 " "
6737
6738 #, fuzzy
6739 msgid " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
6740 msgstr ""
6741 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
6742 "\n"
6743 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6744 "\n"
6745 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6746 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6747 "\n"
6748 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6749 " 更多信息。\n"
6750 " "
6751
6752 #, fuzzy
6753 msgid ""
5828 6754 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
5829 6755 " or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
5830 6756 " -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
5831 " project in the working directory.\n"
5832 "\n"
6757 " project in the working directory."
6758 msgstr ""
6759 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
6760 "\n"
6761 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6762 "\n"
6763 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6764 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6765 "\n"
6766 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6767 " 更多信息。\n"
6768 " "
6769
6770 #, fuzzy
6771 msgid ""
5833 6772 " Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
5834 6773 " pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
5835 6774 " added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
5836 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming.\n"
5837 "\n"
6775 " where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming."
6776 msgstr ""
6777 "从指定版本库取得修改集\n"
6778 "\n"
6779 " 从远程版本库取得修改集到本地版本库。\n"
6780 "\n"
6781 " 查找位于指定路径或位置的版本库的全部修改,增加到版本版本库。默认不\n"
6782 " 更新工作目录。\n"
6783 "\n"
6784 " 如果没有指定位置,就使用路径 'default'。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解\n"
6785 " 更多信息。\n"
6786 " "
6787
6788 #, fuzzy
6789 msgid ""
5838 6790 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
5839 6791 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
5840 6792 " "
@@ -5851,41 +6803,47 b' msgstr ""'
5851 6803 " "
5852 6804
5853 6805 #, fuzzy
5854 msgid ""
5855 "push changes to the specified destination\n"
5856 "\n"
5857 " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n"
5858 "\n"
6806 msgid "push changes to the specified destination"
6807 msgstr "推送改变到指定位置"
6808
6809 #, fuzzy
6810 msgid " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination."
6811 msgstr " 从本地版本库推送改变到指定位置。"
6812
6813 #, fuzzy
6814 msgid ""
5859 6815 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
5860 6816 " the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
5861 6817 " local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
5862 " current one.\n"
5863 "\n"
6818 " current one."
6819 msgstr ""
6820 " 这是 'pull' 的对称操作。它从当前版本库推送改变到其它版本库。如果目标\n"
6821 " 是本地版本库,那么此操作与在目标版本库从当前版本库执行 'pull' 操作等\n"
6822 " 同。"
6823
6824 #, fuzzy
6825 msgid ""
5864 6826 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
5865 6827 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
5866 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing.\n"
5867 "\n"
6828 " user forgot to pull and merge before pushing."
6829 msgstr ""
6830 " 推送默认拒绝导致增加远程版本库顶点数目的操作。这通常表明客户端在推送\n"
6831 " 之前忘记取得远程版本库的修改,并且合并。"
6832
6833 #, fuzzy
6834 msgid ""
5868 6835 " If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
5869 " be pushed to the remote repository.\n"
5870 "\n"
6836 " be pushed to the remote repository."
6837 msgstr ""
6838 " 如果使用了选项 '-r',此命名修改集以及其祖先都会被推送到远程版本库。\n"
6839 " "
6840
6841 #, fuzzy
6842 msgid ""
5871 6843 " Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
5872 6844 " URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
5873 6845 " "
5874 6846 msgstr ""
5875 "推送改变到指定位置\n"
5876 "\n"
5877 " 从本地版本库推送改变到指定位置。\n"
5878 "\n"
5879 " 这是 'pull' 的对称操作。它从当前版本库推送改变到其它版本库。如果目标\n"
5880 " 是本地版本库,那么此操作与在目标版本库从当前版本库执行 'pull' 操作等\n"
5881 " 同。\n"
5882 "\n"
5883 " 推送默认拒绝导致增加远程版本库顶点数目的操作。这通常表明客户端在推送\n"
5884 " 之前忘记取得远程版本库的修改,并且合并。\n"
5885 "\n"
5886 " 如果使用了选项 '-r',此命名修改集以及其祖先都会被推送到远程版本库。\n"
5887 " \n"
5888 "\n"
5889 6847 " 参见主题 'urls' 的帮助信息,以了解位置 'ssh://' 的重要详情。如果没有\n"
5890 6848 " 给出目标位置,那么使用默认路径。参见 'hg help urls' 以了解更多信息。\n"
5891 6849 " "
@@ -5894,11 +6852,13 b' msgstr ""'
5894 6852 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
5895 6853 msgstr "正在推到 %s\n"
5896 6854
5897 msgid ""
5898 "roll back an interrupted transaction\n"
5899 "\n"
5900 " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n"
5901 "\n"
6855 msgid "roll back an interrupted transaction"
6856 msgstr ""
6857
6858 msgid " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
6859 msgstr ""
6860
6861 msgid ""
5902 6862 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
5903 6863 " interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
5904 6864 " suggests it.\n"
@@ -5906,51 +6866,57 b' msgid ""'
5906 6866 msgstr ""
5907 6867
5908 6868 #, fuzzy
5909 msgid ""
5910 "remove the specified files on the next commit\n"
5911 "\n"
5912 " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n"
5913 "\n"
6869 msgid "remove the specified files on the next commit"
6870 msgstr "在下次提交时删除指定文件"
6871
6872 #, fuzzy
6873 msgid " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
6874 msgstr " 调度从版本库删除指定文件。"
6875
6876 #, fuzzy
6877 msgid ""
5914 6878 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
5915 6879 " entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
5916 6880 " files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
5917 6881 " force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
5918 " revision without deleting them from the working directory.\n"
5919 "\n"
6882 " revision without deleting them from the working directory."
6883 msgstr ""
6884 " 它只从当前分支删除文件,不删除历史。'-A' 用于只移除已经删除的文\n"
6885 " 件,'-f' 用于强制删除,'-Af' 用于从下个版本移除文件,但是不删除\n"
6886 " 它们。"
6887
6888 #, fuzzy
6889 msgid ""
5920 6890 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
5921 6891 " file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
5922 6892 " states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
5923 6893 " reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
5924 " and Delete (from disk)::\n"
5925 "\n"
6894 " and Delete (from disk)::"
6895 msgstr ""
6896 " 下表给出了删除不同状态(列)文件的行为和可选的组合(行)。文件状态\n"
6897 " ('hg status' 报告的状态)是增加(A),干净(C),已修改(M),丢失(!)。\n"
6898 " 动作是警告(W),移除(R,从分支),以及删除(D,从磁盘)。"
6899
6900 #, fuzzy
6901 msgid ""
5926 6902 " A C M !\n"
5927 6903 " none W RD W R\n"
5928 6904 " -f R RD RD R\n"
5929 6905 " -A W W W R\n"
5930 " -Af R R R R\n"
5931 "\n"
5932 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
5933 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
5934 " "
5935 msgstr ""
5936 "在下次提交时删除指定文件\n"
5937 "\n"
5938 " 调度从版本库删除指定文件。\n"
5939 "\n"
5940 " 它只从当前分支删除文件,不删除历史。'-A' 用于只移除已经删除的文\n"
5941 " 件,'-f' 用于强制删除,'-Af' 用于从下个版本移除文件,但是不删除\n"
5942 " 它们。\n"
5943 "\n"
5944 " 下表给出了删除不同状态(列)文件的行为和可选的组合(行)。文件状态\n"
5945 " ('hg status' 报告的状态)是增加(A),干净(C),已修改(M),丢失(!)。\n"
5946 " 动作是警告(W),移除(R,从分支),以及删除(D,从磁盘)。\n"
5947 "\n"
6906 " -Af R R R R"
6907 msgstr ""
5948 6908 " A C M !\n"
5949 6909 " none W RD W R\n"
5950 6910 " -f R RD RD R\n"
5951 6911 " -A W W W R\n"
5952 " -Af R R R R\n"
5953 "\n"
6912 " -Af R R R R"
6913
6914 #, fuzzy
6915 msgid ""
6916 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
6917 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
6918 " "
6919 msgstr ""
5954 6920 " 此命令调度下次提交时删除文件。\n"
5955 6921 " 要在此之前撤销删除,请参见 'hg revert'。\n"
5956 6922 " "
@@ -5972,39 +6938,46 b' msgstr ""'
5972 6938 msgid "has been marked for add"
5973 6939 msgstr ""
5974 6940
5975 msgid ""
5976 "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove\n"
5977 "\n"
6941 msgid "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove"
6942 msgstr ""
6943
6944 msgid ""
5978 6945 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
5979 6946 " is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
5980 " file, there can only be one source.\n"
5981 "\n"
5982 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
5983 " exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
5984 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
5985 "\n"
6947 " file, there can only be one source."
6948 msgstr ""
6949
6950 msgid ""
5986 6951 " This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
5987 6952 " before that, see hg revert.\n"
5988 6953 " "
5989 6954 msgstr ""
5990 6955
5991 msgid ""
5992 "retry file merges from a merge or update\n"
5993 "\n"
6956 msgid "retry file merges from a merge or update"
6957 msgstr ""
6958
6959 msgid ""
5994 6960 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
5995 6961 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
5996 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
5997 "\n"
6962 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch."
6963 msgstr ""
6964
6965 msgid ""
5998 6966 " If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
5999 6967 " will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
6000 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
6001 "\n"
6968 " -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved."
6969 msgstr ""
6970
6971 msgid ""
6002 6972 " This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
6003 6973 " indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
6004 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
6005 "\n"
6006 " The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
6007 "\n"
6974 " marked as resolved before a commit is permitted."
6975 msgstr ""
6976
6977 msgid " The codes used to show the status of files are::"
6978 msgstr ""
6979
6980 msgid ""
6008 6981 " U = unresolved\n"
6009 6982 " R = resolved\n"
6010 6983 " "
@@ -6019,36 +6992,49 b' msgstr ""'
6019 6992 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
6020 6993 msgstr ""
6021 6994
6022 msgid ""
6023 "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state\n"
6024 "\n"
6995 msgid "restore individual files or directories to an earlier state"
6996 msgstr ""
6997
6998 msgid ""
6025 6999 " (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
6026 " change the working directory parents.)\n"
6027 "\n"
7000 " change the working directory parents.)"
7001 msgstr ""
7002
7003 msgid ""
6028 7004 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
6029 7005 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
6030 7006 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
6031 7007 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
6032 7008 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
6033 " revision to revert to.\n"
6034 "\n"
7009 " revision to revert to."
7010 msgstr ""
7011
7012 msgid ""
6035 7013 " Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
6036 7014 " to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
6037 7015 " to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
6038 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6039 "\n"
7016 " dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
7017 msgstr ""
7018
7019 msgid ""
6040 7020 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
6041 7021 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
6042 7022 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
6043 7023 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
6044 " afterwards.\n"
6045 "\n"
7024 " afterwards."
7025 msgstr ""
7026
7027 msgid ""
6046 7028 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
6047 " of a file was changed, it is reset.\n"
6048 "\n"
7029 " of a file was changed, it is reset."
7030 msgstr ""
7031
7032 msgid ""
6049 7033 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
6050 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n"
6051 "\n"
7034 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted."
7035 msgstr ""
7036
7037 msgid ""
6052 7038 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
6053 7039 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
6054 7040 " "
@@ -6084,26 +7070,33 b' msgstr "\xe6\x96\x87\xe4\xbb\xb6\xe6\x9c\xaa\xe8\xa2\xab\xe6\x8e\xa7\xe5\x88\xb6: %s\\n"'
6084 7070 msgid "no changes needed to %s\n"
6085 7071 msgstr "不需要改变 %s\n"
6086 7072
6087 msgid ""
6088 "roll back the last transaction\n"
6089 "\n"
7073 msgid "roll back the last transaction"
7074 msgstr ""
7075
7076 msgid ""
6090 7077 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
6091 7078 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
6092 7079 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
6093 7080 " any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
6094 " the working directory.\n"
6095 "\n"
7081 " the working directory."
7082 msgstr ""
7083
7084 msgid ""
6096 7085 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
6097 7086 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
6098 7087 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
6099 " and their effects can be rolled back::\n"
6100 "\n"
7088 " and their effects can be rolled back::"
7089 msgstr ""
7090
7091 msgid ""
6101 7092 " commit\n"
6102 7093 " import\n"
6103 7094 " pull\n"
6104 7095 " push (with this repository as destination)\n"
6105 " unbundle\n"
6106 "\n"
7096 " unbundle"
7097 msgstr ""
7098
7099 msgid ""
6107 7100 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
6108 7101 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
6109 7102 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
@@ -6113,28 +7106,29 b' msgid ""'
6113 7106 " "
6114 7107 msgstr ""
6115 7108
6116 msgid ""
6117 "print the root (top) of the current working directory\n"
6118 "\n"
7109 msgid "print the root (top) of the current working directory"
7110 msgstr ""
7111
7112 msgid ""
6119 7113 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
6120 7114 " "
6121 7115 msgstr ""
6122 7116
6123 7117 #, fuzzy
6124 msgid ""
6125 "export the repository via HTTP\n"
6126 "\n"
6127 " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n"
6128 "\n"
7118 msgid "export the repository via HTTP"
7119 msgstr "通过 HTTP 发布版本库"
7120
7121 #, fuzzy
7122 msgid " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server."
7123 msgstr " 启动本地 HTTP 版本库浏览器和发布服务器。"
7124
7125 #, fuzzy
7126 msgid ""
6129 7127 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
6130 7128 " stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
6131 7129 " files.\n"
6132 7130 " "
6133 7131 msgstr ""
6134 "通过 HTTP 发布版本库\n"
6135 "\n"
6136 " 启动本地 HTTP 版本库浏览器和发布服务器。\n"
6137 "\n"
6138 7132 " 默认服务器访问日志输出到 stdout,错误日志输出到 stderr。\n"
6139 7133 " 可以使用选项 \"-A\" 和 \"-E\",将这些日志输出到文件。\n"
6140 7134 " "
@@ -6144,30 +7138,172 b' msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (boun'
6144 7138 msgstr ""
6145 7139
6146 7140 #, fuzzy
6147 msgid ""
6148 "show changed files in the working directory\n"
6149 "\n"
7141 msgid "show changed files in the working directory"
7142 msgstr ""
7143 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7144 "\n"
7145 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7146 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7147 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7148 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7149 "\n"
7150 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7151 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7152 "\n"
7153 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7154 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7155 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7156 "\n"
7157 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7158 "\n"
7159 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7160 " M = 已修改\n"
7161 " A = 已增加\n"
7162 " R = 已移除\n"
7163 " C = 干净的\n"
7164 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7165 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7166 " I = 已忽略\n"
7167 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7168 " "
7169
7170 #, fuzzy
7171 msgid ""
6150 7172 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
6151 7173 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
6152 7174 " the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
6153 7175 " -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
6154 7176 " Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
6155 " options -mardu are used.\n"
6156 "\n"
7177 " options -mardu are used."
7178 msgstr ""
7179 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7180 "\n"
7181 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7182 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7183 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7184 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7185 "\n"
7186 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7187 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7188 "\n"
7189 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7190 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7191 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7192 "\n"
7193 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7194 "\n"
7195 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7196 " M = 已修改\n"
7197 " A = 已增加\n"
7198 " R = 已移除\n"
7199 " C = 干净的\n"
7200 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7201 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7202 " I = 已忽略\n"
7203 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7204 " "
7205
7206 #, fuzzy
7207 msgid ""
6157 7208 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
6158 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
6159 "\n"
7209 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored."
7210 msgstr ""
7211 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7212 "\n"
7213 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7214 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7215 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7216 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7217 "\n"
7218 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7219 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7220 "\n"
7221 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7222 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7223 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7224 "\n"
7225 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7226 "\n"
7227 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7228 " M = 已修改\n"
7229 " A = 已增加\n"
7230 " R = 已移除\n"
7231 " C = 干净的\n"
7232 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7233 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7234 " I = 已忽略\n"
7235 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7236 " "
7237
7238 #, fuzzy
7239 msgid ""
6160 7240 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
6161 7241 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
6162 7242 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
6163 " to one merge parent.\n"
6164 "\n"
7243 " to one merge parent."
7244 msgstr ""
7245 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7246 "\n"
7247 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7248 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7249 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7250 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7251 "\n"
7252 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7253 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7254 "\n"
7255 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7256 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7257 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7258 "\n"
7259 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7260 "\n"
7261 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7262 " M = 已修改\n"
7263 " A = 已增加\n"
7264 " R = 已移除\n"
7265 " C = 干净的\n"
7266 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7267 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7268 " I = 已忽略\n"
7269 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7270 " "
7271
7272 #, fuzzy
7273 msgid ""
6165 7274 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
6166 7275 " If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
6167 " shown.\n"
6168 "\n"
6169 " The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
6170 "\n"
7276 " shown."
7277 msgstr ""
7278 "显示工作目录中已改变的文件\n"
7279 "\n"
7280 " 显示版本库中的文件状态。如果指定文件名称,只显示匹配的文件。干净的\n"
7281 " 文件,被忽略的文件,复制/移动的源文件,不会被显示,除非使用了选项\n"
7282 " '-c' (干净的),'-i' (被忽略的),'-C' (复制源) 或者 '-A' (全部)。除\n"
7283 " 非使用了选项 \"只显示 ...\",否则就使用选项 '-mardu'。\n"
7284 "\n"
7285 " 选项 '-q/--quiet' 隐藏未跟踪(未知或被忽略)的文件,除非明确地使用选\n"
7286 " 项 '-u/--unknown' 或 ‘-i/-ignored’。\n"
7287 "\n"
7288 " 注意: 如果修改了权限或者执行了合并,'status' 与 'diff' 的显示可能\n"
7289 " 不一致。标准差异格式不报告权限的改变,'diff' 只报告相对于一个合并\n"
7290 " 父亲的改变。\n"
7291 "\n"
7292 " 如果给出 1 个版本,就用于基础版本。如果给出 2 个版本,就显示其差异。\n"
7293 "\n"
7294 " 显示文件状态的代码是:\n"
7295 " M = 已修改\n"
7296 " A = 已增加\n"
7297 " R = 已移除\n"
7298 " C = 干净的\n"
7299 " ! = 已删除,仍旧被跟踪\n"
7300 " ? = 未跟踪\n"
7301 " I = 已忽略\n"
7302 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
7303 " "
7304
7305 #, fuzzy
7306 msgid ""
6171 7307 " M = modified\n"
6172 7308 " A = added\n"
6173 7309 " R = removed\n"
@@ -6205,26 +7341,29 b' msgstr ""'
6205 7341 " = 早先增加的文件自此复制\n"
6206 7342 " "
6207 7343
6208 msgid ""
6209 "add one or more tags for the current or given revision\n"
6210 "\n"
6211 " Name a particular revision using <name>.\n"
6212 "\n"
7344 msgid "add one or more tags for the current or given revision"
7345 msgstr ""
7346
7347 msgid " Name a particular revision using <name>."
7348 msgstr ""
7349
7350 msgid ""
6213 7351 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
6214 7352 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
6215 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n"
6216 "\n"
7353 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc."
7354 msgstr ""
7355
7356 msgid ""
6217 7357 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
6218 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
6219 "\n"
7358 " used, or tip if no revision is checked out."
7359 msgstr ""
7360
7361 msgid ""
6220 7362 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
6221 7363 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
6222 7364 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
6223 7365 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
6224 " shared among repositories).\n"
6225 "\n"
6226 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6227 " "
7366 " shared among repositories)."
6228 7367 msgstr ""
6229 7368
6230 7369 msgid "tag names must be unique"
@@ -6253,21 +7392,25 b' msgstr "\xe9\x9d\x9e\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\x9c\xb0\xe7\x89\x88\xe6\x9c\xac\xe5\xba\x93 \'%s\'"'
6253 7392 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
6254 7393 msgstr ""
6255 7394
6256 msgid ""
6257 "list repository tags\n"
6258 "\n"
7395 msgid "list repository tags"
7396 msgstr ""
7397
7398 msgid ""
6259 7399 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
6260 7400 " switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
6261 7401 " "
6262 7402 msgstr ""
6263 7403
6264 msgid ""
6265 "show the tip revision\n"
6266 "\n"
7404 msgid "show the tip revision"
7405 msgstr ""
7406
7407 msgid ""
6267 7408 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
6268 7409 " most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
6269 " recently changed head).\n"
6270 "\n"
7410 " recently changed head)."
7411 msgstr ""
7412
7413 msgid ""
6271 7414 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
6272 7415 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
6273 7416 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
@@ -6275,66 +7418,68 b' msgid ""'
6275 7418 " "
6276 7419 msgstr ""
6277 7420
6278 msgid ""
6279 "apply one or more changegroup files\n"
6280 "\n"
7421 msgid "apply one or more changegroup files"
7422 msgstr ""
7423
7424 msgid ""
6281 7425 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
6282 7426 " bundle command.\n"
6283 7427 " "
6284 7428 msgstr ""
6285 7429
6286 7430 #, fuzzy
6287 msgid ""
6288 "update working directory\n"
6289 "\n"
7431 msgid "update working directory"
7432 msgstr "更新工作目录"
7433
7434 #, fuzzy
7435 msgid ""
6290 7436 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
6291 7437 " revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
6292 7438 " Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
6293 " clone -U').\n"
6294 "\n"
7439 " clone -U')."
7440 msgstr ""
7441 " 更新工作目录到指定版本,或者到当前分支的顶点。使用 'null' 作为版本可以\n"
7442 " 删除工作副本(类似于 'hg clone -U')。"
7443
7444 #, fuzzy
7445 msgid ""
6295 7446 " When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
6296 7447 " will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
6297 7448 " repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
6298 7449 " the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
6299 " branch.\n"
6300 "\n"
7450 " branch."
7451 msgstr ""
7452 " 当工作目录包含未提交的修改时,它会被版本库中指定版本的状态替换。当请求\n"
7453 " 的版本位于不同分支时,工作目录会被切换到此分支。"
7454
7455 #, fuzzy
7456 msgid ""
6301 7457 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
6302 7458 " discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
6303 7459 " directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n"
6304 " to abort.\n"
6305 "\n"
7460 " to abort."
7461 msgstr ""
7462 " 可以使用选项 '-C' 来丢弃未提交的修改,强制使用请求的版本替换工作目录的\n"
7463 " 状态。"
7464
7465 #, fuzzy
7466 msgid ""
6306 7467 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
6307 7468 " used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
6308 7469 " same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
6309 7470 " new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
6310 7471 " with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
6311 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead.\n"
6312 "\n"
6313 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
6314 " revert.\n"
6315 "\n"
6316 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
6317 " "
6318 msgstr ""
6319 "更新工作目录\n"
6320 "\n"
6321 " 更新工作目录到指定版本,或者到当前分支的顶点。使用 'null' 作为版本可以\n"
6322 " 删除工作副本(类似于 'hg clone -U')。\n"
6323 "\n"
6324 " 当工作目录包含未提交的修改时,它会被版本库中指定版本的状态替换。当请求\n"
6325 " 的版本位于不同分支时,工作目录会被切换到此分支。\n"
6326 "\n"
6327 " 可以使用选项 '-C' 来丢弃未提交的修改,强制使用请求的版本替换工作目录的\n"
6328 " 状态。\n"
6329 "\n"
7472 " a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead."
7473 msgstr ""
6330 7474 " 当有未提交的修改,没有使用选项 '-C',父版本和请求版本位于不同分支,并且\n"
6331 7475 " 其中一个是另一个的祖先时,那么新的工作目录包含请求版本与未提交的修改的\n"
6332 " 合并结果。否则,更新会失败,建议使用 'merge' 或 'update -C'。\n"
6333 "\n"
6334 " 如果你只想更新一个文件到旧版本,请使用 'revert'。\n"
6335 "\n"
6336 " 参见 'hg help dates' 以获得 '-d/--date' 的有效格式列表。\n"
6337 " "
7476 " 合并结果。否则,更新会失败,建议使用 'merge' 或 'update -C'。"
7477
7478 #, fuzzy
7479 msgid ""
7480 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
7481 " revert."
7482 msgstr " 如果你只想更新一个文件到旧版本,请使用 'revert'。"
6338 7483
6339 7484 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
6340 7485 msgstr ""
@@ -6343,11 +7488,13 b' msgstr ""'
6343 7488 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
6344 7489 msgstr "提交修改集 %d:%s\n"
6345 7490
6346 msgid ""
6347 "verify the integrity of the repository\n"
6348 "\n"
6349 " Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n"
6350 "\n"
7491 msgid "verify the integrity of the repository"
7492 msgstr ""
7493
7494 msgid " Verify the integrity of the current repository."
7495 msgstr ""
7496
7497 msgid ""
6351 7498 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
6352 7499 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
6353 7500 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
@@ -6749,9 +7896,7 b' msgstr ""'
6749 7896 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
6750 7897 msgstr ""
6751 7898
6752 msgid ""
6753 "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the "
6754 "corresponding patch option"
7899 msgid "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the corresponding patch option"
6755 7900 msgstr ""
6756 7901
6757 7902 msgid "base path"
@@ -7242,11 +8387,8 b' msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviat'
7242 8387 msgstr "选项 '--cwd' 不能简短!"
7243 8388
7244 8389 #, fuzzy
7245 msgid ""
7246 "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --"
7247 "repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
7248 msgstr ""
7249 "选项 -R 必须隔离使用(也就是不能 -qR),并且 --repository 只能简短为 --repo!"
8390 msgid "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
8391 msgstr "选项 -R 必须隔离使用(也就是不能 -qR),并且 --repository 只能简短为 --repo!"
7250 8392
7251 8393 #, python-format
7252 8394 msgid "Time: real %.3f secs (user %.3f+%.3f sys %.3f+%.3f)\n"
@@ -7263,11 +8405,8 b' msgstr "\xe9\x9d\x9e\xe6\xb3\x95\xe5\x8f\x82\xe6\x95\xb0"'
7263 8405 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
7264 8406 msgstr ""
7265 8407
7266 msgid ""
7267 "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/"
7268 "misc/lsprof/"
7269 msgstr ""
7270 "lsprof 不可用 - 从 http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/ 安装"
8408 msgid "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/"
8409 msgstr "lsprof 不可用 - 从 http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/ 安装"
7271 8410
7272 8411 #, python-format
7273 8412 msgid "*** failed to import extension %s from %s: %s\n"
@@ -7355,31 +8494,44 b' msgid ""'
7355 8494 " Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
7356 8495 " extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
7357 8496 " existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
7358 " implement hooks.\n"
7359 "\n"
8497 " implement hooks."
8498 msgstr ""
8499
8500 msgid ""
7360 8501 " Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
7361 8502 " they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
7362 8503 " usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
7363 8504 " as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
7364 8505 " for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
7365 8506 " Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
7366 " needed.\n"
7367 "\n"
8507 " needed."
8508 msgstr ""
8509
8510 msgid ""
7368 8511 " To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
7369 8512 " the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
7370 " this::\n"
7371 "\n"
8513 " this::"
8514 msgstr ""
8515
8516 msgid ""
7372 8517 " [extensions]\n"
7373 " foo =\n"
7374 "\n"
7375 " You may also specify the full path to an extension::\n"
7376 "\n"
8518 " foo ="
8519 msgstr ""
8520
8521 msgid " You may also specify the full path to an extension::"
8522 msgstr ""
8523
8524 msgid ""
7377 8525 " [extensions]\n"
7378 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py\n"
7379 "\n"
8526 " myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py"
8527 msgstr ""
8528
8529 msgid ""
7380 8530 " To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
7381 " scope, prepend its path with !::\n"
7382 "\n"
8531 " scope, prepend its path with !::"
8532 msgstr ""
8533
8534 msgid ""
7383 8535 " [extensions]\n"
7384 8536 " # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
7385 8537 " bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
@@ -7400,13 +8552,18 b' msgstr ""'
7400 8552
7401 8553 msgid ""
7402 8554 "\n"
7403 " Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:\n"
7404 "\n"
8555 " Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:"
8556 msgstr ""
8557
8558 msgid ""
7405 8559 " - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
7406 " - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n"
7407 "\n"
7408 " Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::\n"
7409 "\n"
8560 " - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date."
8561 msgstr ""
8562
8563 msgid " Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::"
8564 msgstr ""
8565
8566 msgid ""
7410 8567 " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
7411 8568 " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
7412 8569 " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
@@ -7419,19 +8576,26 b' msgid ""'
7419 8576 " \"2006-12-6\"\n"
7420 8577 " \"12-6\"\n"
7421 8578 " \"12/6\"\n"
7422 " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
7423 "\n"
7424 " Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::\n"
7425 "\n"
7426 " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
7427 "\n"
8579 " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)"
8580 msgstr ""
8581
8582 msgid " Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::"
8583 msgstr ""
8584
8585 msgid " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)"
8586 msgstr ""
8587
8588 msgid ""
7428 8589 " This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is\n"
7429 8590 " the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC).\n"
7430 8591 " offset is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC\n"
7431 " (negative if the timezone is east of UTC).\n"
7432 "\n"
7433 " The log command also accepts date ranges::\n"
7434 "\n"
8592 " (negative if the timezone is east of UTC)."
8593 msgstr ""
8594
8595 msgid " The log command also accepts date ranges::"
8596 msgstr ""
8597
8598 msgid ""
7435 8599 " \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
7436 8600 " \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
7437 8601 " \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
@@ -7445,48 +8609,65 b' msgstr ""'
7445 8609 msgid ""
7446 8610 "\n"
7447 8611 " Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more\n"
7448 " files at a time.\n"
7449 "\n"
8612 " files at a time."
8613 msgstr ""
8614
8615 msgid ""
7450 8616 " By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended\n"
7451 " glob patterns.\n"
7452 "\n"
7453 " Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.\n"
7454 "\n"
8617 " glob patterns."
8618 msgstr ""
8619
8620 msgid " Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly."
8621 msgstr ""
8622
8623 msgid ""
7455 8624 " To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it\n"
7456 8625 " with \"path:\". These path names must completely match starting at\n"
7457 " the current repository root.\n"
7458 "\n"
8626 " the current repository root."
8627 msgstr ""
8628
8629 msgid ""
7459 8630 " To use an extended glob, start a name with \"glob:\". Globs are\n"
7460 8631 " rooted at the current directory; a glob such as \"``*.c``\" will\n"
7461 " only match files in the current directory ending with \".c\".\n"
7462 "\n"
8632 " only match files in the current directory ending with \".c\"."
8633 msgstr ""
8634
8635 msgid ""
7463 8636 " The supported glob syntax extensions are \"``**``\" to match any\n"
7464 " string across path separators and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\".\n"
7465 "\n"
8637 " string across path separators and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\"."
8638 msgstr ""
8639
8640 msgid ""
7466 8641 " To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with \"re:\".\n"
7467 " Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.\n"
7468 "\n"
7469 " Plain examples::\n"
7470 "\n"
8642 " Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository."
8643 msgstr ""
8644
8645 msgid " Plain examples::"
8646 msgstr ""
8647
8648 msgid ""
7471 8649 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
7472 8650 " of the repository\n"
7473 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n"
7474 "\n"
7475 " Glob examples::\n"
7476 "\n"
8651 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\""
8652 msgstr ""
8653
8654 msgid " Glob examples::"
8655 msgstr ""
8656
8657 msgid ""
7477 8658 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
7478 8659 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
7479 8660 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
7480 8661 " current directory including itself.\n"
7481 8662 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
7482 8663 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
7483 " including itself.\n"
7484 "\n"
7485 " Regexp examples::\n"
7486 "\n"
7487 " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
7488 "\n"
7489 " "
8664 " including itself."
8665 msgstr ""
8666
8667 msgid " Regexp examples::"
8668 msgstr ""
8669
8670 msgid " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository"
7490 8671 msgstr ""
7491 8672
7492 8673 msgid "Environment Variables"
@@ -7499,74 +8680,98 b' msgid ""'
7499 8680 " hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
7500 8681 " the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
7501 8682 " 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
7502 " Windows) is searched.\n"
7503 "\n"
8683 " Windows) is searched."
8684 msgstr ""
8685
8686 msgid ""
7504 8687 "HGEDITOR\n"
7505 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
7506 "\n"
7507 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
7508 "\n"
8688 " This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR."
8689 msgstr ""
8690
8691 msgid " (deprecated, use .hgrc)"
8692 msgstr ""
8693
8694 msgid ""
7509 8695 "HGENCODING\n"
7510 8696 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
7511 8697 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
7512 8698 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
7513 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.\n"
7514 "\n"
8699 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option."
8700 msgstr ""
8701
8702 msgid ""
7515 8703 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
7516 8704 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
7517 8705 " while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
7518 8706 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
7519 8707 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
7520 8708 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
7521 " the --encodingmode command-line option.\n"
7522 "\n"
8709 " the --encodingmode command-line option."
8710 msgstr ""
8711
8712 msgid ""
7523 8713 "HGMERGE\n"
7524 8714 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
7525 8715 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
7526 " ancestor file.\n"
7527 "\n"
7528 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
7529 "\n"
8716 " ancestor file."
8717 msgstr ""
8718
8719 msgid ""
7530 8720 "HGRCPATH\n"
7531 8721 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
7532 8722 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
7533 8723 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
7534 " from the current repository is read.\n"
7535 "\n"
7536 " For each element in HGRCPATH:\n"
7537 "\n"
8724 " from the current repository is read."
8725 msgstr ""
8726
8727 msgid " For each element in HGRCPATH:"
8728 msgstr ""
8729
8730 msgid ""
7538 8731 " - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
7539 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added\n"
7540 "\n"
8732 " - otherwise, the file itself will be added"
8733 msgstr ""
8734
8735 msgid ""
7541 8736 "HGUSER\n"
7542 8737 " This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
7543 " available values will be considered in this order:\n"
7544 "\n"
8738 " available values will be considered in this order:"
8739 msgstr ""
8740
8741 msgid ""
7545 8742 " - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
7546 8743 " - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
7547 8744 " - EMAIL\n"
7548 8745 " - interactive prompt\n"
7549 " - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)\n"
7550 "\n"
7551 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
7552 "\n"
8746 " - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)"
8747 msgstr ""
8748
8749 msgid ""
7553 8750 "EMAIL\n"
7554 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
7555 "\n"
8751 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
8752 msgstr ""
8753
8754 msgid ""
7556 8755 "LOGNAME\n"
7557 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
7558 "\n"
8756 " May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
8757 msgstr ""
8758
8759 msgid ""
7559 8760 "VISUAL\n"
7560 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
7561 "\n"
8761 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR."
8762 msgstr ""
8763
8764 msgid ""
7562 8765 "EDITOR\n"
7563 8766 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
7564 8767 " user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
7565 8768 " editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
7566 8769 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
7567 8770 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
7568 " defaults to 'vi'.\n"
7569 "\n"
8771 " defaults to 'vi'."
8772 msgstr ""
8773
8774 msgid ""
7570 8775 "PYTHONPATH\n"
7571 8776 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
7572 8777 " set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
@@ -7578,31 +8783,45 b' msgstr ""'
7578 8783
7579 8784 msgid ""
7580 8785 "\n"
7581 " Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions.\n"
7582 "\n"
8786 " Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions."
8787 msgstr ""
8788
8789 msgid ""
7583 8790 " A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers\n"
7584 8791 " are treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting\n"
7585 " the tip, -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth.\n"
7586 "\n"
8792 " the tip, -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth."
8793 msgstr ""
8794
8795 msgid ""
7587 8796 " A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
7588 " identifier.\n"
7589 "\n"
8797 " identifier."
8798 msgstr ""
8799
8800 msgid ""
7590 8801 " A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
7591 8802 " unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
7592 8803 " identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the\n"
7593 " prefix of exactly one full-length identifier.\n"
7594 "\n"
8804 " prefix of exactly one full-length identifier."
8805 msgstr ""
8806
8807 msgid ""
7595 8808 " Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is\n"
7596 8809 " a symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch\n"
7597 8810 " name denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch\n"
7598 " names must not contain the \":\" character.\n"
7599 "\n"
8811 " names must not contain the \":\" character."
8812 msgstr ""
8813
8814 msgid ""
7600 8815 " The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies\n"
7601 " the most recent revision.\n"
7602 "\n"
8816 " the most recent revision."
8817 msgstr ""
8818
8819 msgid ""
7603 8820 " The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
7604 " revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0.\n"
7605 "\n"
8821 " revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0."
8822 msgstr ""
8823
8824 msgid ""
7606 8825 " The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If\n"
7607 8826 " no working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If\n"
7608 8827 " an uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the\n"
@@ -7618,32 +8837,36 b' msgid ""'
7618 8837 "\n"
7619 8838 " When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be\n"
7620 8839 " specified individually, or provided as a topologically continuous\n"
7621 " range, separated by the \":\" character.\n"
7622 "\n"
8840 " range, separated by the \":\" character."
8841 msgstr ""
8842 "\n"
8843 " 当水银接受多个版本时,它们可以单独给出,或者以字符 \":\" 分割的拓扑连续\n"
8844 " 范围格式提供。"
8845
8846 #, fuzzy
8847 msgid ""
7623 8848 " The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END\n"
7624 8849 " are revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If\n"
7625 8850 " BEGIN is not specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END\n"
7626 8851 " is not specified, it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means\n"
7627 " \"all revisions\".\n"
7628 "\n"
8852 " \"all revisions\"."
8853 msgstr ""
8854 " 范围的语法是 '[BEGIN]:[END]',其中 'BEGIN' 和 'END' 是版本标识。'BEGIN'\n"
8855 " 和 'END' 都是可选的。'BEGIN' 默认是 0,'END' 默认是 'tip'。因此范围 \":\"\n"
8856 " 意味着全部版本。"
8857
8858 #, fuzzy
8859 msgid ""
7629 8860 " If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse\n"
7630 " order.\n"
7631 "\n"
8861 " order."
8862 msgstr " 如果 'BEGIN' 大于 'END',版本视为反序。"
8863
8864 #, fuzzy
8865 msgid ""
7632 8866 " A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
7633 8867 " gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
7634 8868 " "
7635 8869 msgstr ""
7636 "\n"
7637 " 当水银接受多个版本时,它们可以单独给出,或者以字符 \":\" 分割的拓扑连续\n"
7638 " 范围格式提供。\n"
7639 "\n"
7640 " 范围的语法是 '[BEGIN]:[END]',其中 'BEGIN' 和 'END' 是版本标识。'BEGIN'\n"
7641 " 和 'END' 都是可选的。'BEGIN' 默认是 0,'END' 默认是 'tip'。因此范围 \":"
7642 "\"\n"
7643 " 意味着全部版本。\n"
7644 "\n"
7645 " 如果 'BEGIN' 大于 'END',版本视为反序。\n"
7646 "\n"
7647 8870 " 范围是闭区间。即范围 '3:5' 是 '3','4','5'。同样,范围 '9:6' 是 '9',\n"
7648 8871 " '8','7' 和 '6'。\n"
7649 8872 " "
@@ -7657,29 +8880,57 b' msgid ""'
7657 8880 " Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two\n"
7658 8881 " versions of a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU\n"
7659 8882 " diff, which can be used by GNU patch and many other standard\n"
7660 " tools.\n"
7661 "\n"
8883 " tools."
8884 msgstr ""
8885 "\n"
8886 " 水银显示文件不同版本之间差异的格式与 GNU diff 标准格式兼容,可用于\n"
8887 " GNU patch 和许多标准工具。"
8888
8889 #, fuzzy
8890 msgid ""
7662 8891 " While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
7663 " following information:\n"
7664 "\n"
8892 " following information:"
8893 msgstr " 虽然标准格式在大多数情况下都能满足要求,但是它不包含下述信息:"
8894
8895 #, fuzzy
8896 msgid ""
7665 8897 " - executable status and other permission bits\n"
7666 8898 " - copy or rename information\n"
7667 8899 " - changes in binary files\n"
7668 " - creation or deletion of empty files\n"
7669 "\n"
8900 " - creation or deletion of empty files"
8901 msgstr ""
8902 " - 可执行状态和其它权限位\n"
8903 " - 复制或改名信息\n"
8904 " - 二进制文件的修改\n"
8905 " - 创建或删除空文件"
8906
8907 #, fuzzy
8908 msgid ""
7670 8909 " Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
7671 8910 " which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not\n"
7672 8911 " produced by default because a few widespread tools still do not\n"
7673 " understand this format.\n"
7674 "\n"
8912 " understand this format."
8913 msgstr ""
8914 " 水银也支持解决这些限制的 git 扩展差异格式。由于一些常用的工具还不支持\n"
8915 " 此格式,所以它不是默认格式。"
8916
8917 #, fuzzy
8918 msgid ""
7675 8919 " This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
7676 8920 " (e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like\n"
7677 8921 " file copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because\n"
7678 8922 " when applying a standard diff to a different repository, this\n"
7679 8923 " extra information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like\n"
7680 8924 " push and pull) are not affected by this, because they use an\n"
7681 " internal binary format for communicating changes.\n"
7682 "\n"
8925 " internal binary format for communicating changes."
8926 msgstr ""
8927 " 这意味着当从水银版本库(例如 \"hg export\")产生差异时,在其它版本库应用标\n"
8928 " 准差异时,会丢失文件复制或改名等额外信息,所以你要小心处理。水银的内部\n"
8929 " 操作(例如 push 和 pull)在传达改变时,使用内部的二进制格式,所以不受影\n"
8930 " 响。"
8931
8932 #, fuzzy
8933 msgid ""
7683 8934 " To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the\n"
7684 8935 " --git option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in\n"
7685 8936 " the [diff] section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this\n"
@@ -7687,25 +8938,6 b' msgid ""'
7687 8938 " extension.\n"
7688 8939 " "
7689 8940 msgstr ""
7690 "\n"
7691 " 水银显示文件不同版本之间差异的格式与 GNU diff 标准格式兼容,可用于\n"
7692 " GNU patch 和许多标准工具。\n"
7693 "\n"
7694 " 虽然标准格式在大多数情况下都能满足要求,但是它不包含下述信息:\n"
7695 "\n"
7696 " - 可执行状态和其它权限位\n"
7697 " - 复制或改名信息\n"
7698 " - 二进制文件的修改\n"
7699 " - 创建或删除空文件\n"
7700 "\n"
7701 " 水银也支持解决这些限制的 git 扩展差异格式。由于一些常用的工具还不支持\n"
7702 " 此格式,所以它不是默认格式。\n"
7703 "\n"
7704 " 这意味着当从水银版本库(例如 \"hg export\")产生差异时,在其它版本库应用标\n"
7705 " 准差异时,会丢失文件复制或改名等额外信息,所以你要小心处理。水银的内部\n"
7706 " 操作(例如 push 和 pull)在传达改变时,使用内部的二进制格式,所以不受影\n"
7707 " 响。\n"
7708 "\n"
7709 8941 " 要让水银产生 git 扩展差异格式,可以对许多命令使用选项 '--git',或者在\n"
7710 8942 " 你的 hgrc 文件中的节 '[diff]' 中增加 'git = True'。当你从此格式导入时,\n"
7711 8943 " 或在 mq 扩展中使用时,不需要设置此选项。\n"
@@ -7720,27 +8952,56 b' msgid ""'
7720 8952 " Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
7721 8953 " templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
7722 8954 " line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
7723 " template-style (--style).\n"
7724 "\n"
8955 " template-style (--style)."
8956 msgstr ""
8957 "\n"
8958 " 水银允许你通过模版定制命令的输出。你可以通过命令行选项 '--template'\n"
8959 " 来使用模版,或者选择已有的模版样式(--style)。"
8960
8961 #, fuzzy
8962 msgid ""
7725 8963 " You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
7726 " outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog.\n"
7727 "\n"
8964 " outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog."
8965 msgstr ""
8966 " 你可以定制任意输出与日志信息类似的命令,即: log,outgoing,incoming,\n"
8967 " tip,parents,heads 和 glog。"
8968
8969 #, fuzzy
8970 msgid ""
7728 8971 " Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
7729 8972 " when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
7730 " Usage::\n"
7731 "\n"
7732 " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
7733 "\n"
8973 " Usage::"
8974 msgstr " 水银中内置了 3 种样式: default (默认), compact 和 changelog。用法:"
8975
8976 #, fuzzy
8977 msgid " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
8978 msgstr " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
8979
8980 #, fuzzy
8981 msgid ""
7734 8982 " A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
7735 " expansion::\n"
7736 "\n"
8983 " expansion::"
8984 msgstr " 模版是文本片断,其中的标记用于变量扩展:"
8985
8986 #, fuzzy
8987 msgid ""
7737 8988 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
7738 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
7739 "\n"
8989 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
8990 msgstr ""
8991 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
8992 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
8993
8994 #, fuzzy
8995 msgid ""
7740 8996 " Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
7741 8997 " keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
7742 " keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:\n"
7743 "\n"
8998 " keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:"
8999 msgstr ""
9000 " 花括号中的字符串称为关键字。可用的关键字依赖于模版的上下文。下述关键字\n"
9001 " 可用于输出与日志信息类似的命令:"
9002
9003 #, fuzzy
9004 msgid ""
7744 9005 " :author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
7745 9006 " :branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
7746 9007 " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
@@ -7761,19 +9022,47 b' msgid ""'
7761 9022 " :rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision\n"
7762 9023 " number.\n"
7763 9024 " :tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the\n"
7764 " changeset.\n"
7765 "\n"
9025 " changeset."
9026 msgstr ""
9027 " - author: 字符串。修改集的作者。\n"
9028 " - branches: 字符串。修改集的分支。如果分支名称为 'default' 则为空。\n"
9029 " - date: 日期信息。修改集的日期。\n"
9030 " - desc: 字符串。修改集的描述。\n"
9031 " - files: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改、增加和删除的全部文件。\n"
9032 " - file_adds: 字符串列表。修改集中被增加的文件。\n"
9033 " - file_mods: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改的文件\n"
9034 " - file_dels: 字符串列表。修改集中被删除的文件\n"
9035 " - node: 字符串。修改集的哈系标识,40 个字符的 16 进制字符串。\n"
9036 " - parents: 字符串列表。修改集的父亲。\n"
9037 " - rev: 整数。本地版本库的修改集的版本号。\n"
9038 " - tags: 字符串列表。修改集的标签。"
9039
9040 #, fuzzy
9041 msgid ""
7766 9042 " The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
7767 9043 " want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
7768 9044 " it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
7769 9045 " variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
7770 " output::\n"
7771 "\n"
9046 " output::"
9047 msgstr ""
9048 " 关键字 \"date\" 不产生人工可读的输出。如果你想在输出中使用日期,可以使用\n"
9049 " 过滤器来处理它。过滤器是根据输入变量返回字符串的函数。你还可以使用过滤\n"
9050 " 链来产生理想的输出:"
9051
9052 #, fuzzy
9053 msgid ""
7772 9054 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
7773 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
7774 "\n"
7775 " List of filters:\n"
7776 "\n"
9055 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
9056 msgstr ""
9057 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
9058 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
9059
9060 #, fuzzy
9061 msgid " List of filters:"
9062 msgstr " 过滤器列表:"
9063
9064 #, fuzzy
9065 msgid ""
7777 9066 " :addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
7778 9067 " every line except the last.\n"
7779 9068 " :age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
@@ -7829,53 +9118,11 b' msgid ""'
7829 9118 " address.\n"
7830 9119 " "
7831 9120 msgstr ""
7832 "\n"
7833 " 水银允许你通过模版定制命令的输出。你可以通过命令行选项 '--template'\n"
7834 " 来使用模版,或者选择已有的模版样式(--style)。\n"
7835 "\n"
7836 " 你可以定制任意输出与日志信息类似的命令,即: log,outgoing,incoming,\n"
7837 " tip,parents,heads 和 glog。\n"
7838 "\n"
7839 " 水银中内置了 3 种样式: default (默认), compact 和 changelog。用法:\n"
7840 "\n"
7841 " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
7842 "\n"
7843 " 模版是文本片断,其中的标记用于变量扩展:\n"
7844 "\n"
7845 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
7846 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
7847 "\n"
7848 " 花括号中的字符串称为关键字。可用的关键字依赖于模版的上下文。下述关键字\n"
7849 " 可用于输出与日志信息类似的命令:\n"
7850 "\n"
7851 " - author: 字符串。修改集的作者。\n"
7852 " - branches: 字符串。修改集的分支。如果分支名称为 'default' 则为空。\n"
7853 " - date: 日期信息。修改集的日期。\n"
7854 " - desc: 字符串。修改集的描述。\n"
7855 " - files: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改、增加和删除的全部文件。\n"
7856 " - file_adds: 字符串列表。修改集中被增加的文件。\n"
7857 " - file_mods: 字符串列表。修改集中被修改的文件\n"
7858 " - file_dels: 字符串列表。修改集中被删除的文件\n"
7859 " - node: 字符串。修改集的哈系标识,40 个字符的 16 进制字符串。\n"
7860 " - parents: 字符串列表。修改集的父亲。\n"
7861 " - rev: 整数。本地版本库的修改集的版本号。\n"
7862 " - tags: 字符串列表。修改集的标签。\n"
7863 "\n"
7864 " 关键字 \"date\" 不产生人工可读的输出。如果你想在输出中使用日期,可以使用\n"
7865 " 过滤器来处理它。过滤器是根据输入变量返回字符串的函数。你还可以使用过滤\n"
7866 " 链来产生理想的输出:\n"
7867 "\n"
7868 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
7869 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
7870 "\n"
7871 " 过滤器列表:\n"
7872 "\n"
7873 9121 " - addbreaks: 输入任意文本。除了最后一行,在每行的结尾增加 XHTML 标签\n"
7874 9122 " \"<br />\"。\n"
7875 9123 " - age: 输入日期。返回指定日期与当前日期差异的人工可读的字符串。\n"
7876 9124 " - basename: 输入任意文本。将输入视为路径,返回被路径分隔符隔开的最后\n"
7877 " 一个组件的名称(忽略结尾的分隔符)。例如 \"foo/bar/baz\" 成为 \"baz"
7878 "\",\n"
9125 " 一个组件的名称(忽略结尾的分隔符)。例如 \"foo/bar/baz\" 成为 \"baz\",\n"
7879 9126 " \"foo/bar//\" 成为 \"bar\"。\n"
7880 9127 " - date: 输入日期。返回指定日期的 Unix 日期格式字符串,包含时区,例如: \n"
7881 9128 " \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\"。\n"
@@ -7911,69 +9158,915 b' msgstr "\xe7\xbb\x9f\xe4\xb8\x80\xe8\xb5\x84\xe6\xba\x90\xe5\xae\x9a\xe4\xbd\x8d\xe8\xb7\xaf\xe5\xbe\x84"'
7911 9158 #, fuzzy
7912 9159 msgid ""
7913 9160 "\n"
7914 " Valid URLs are of the form::\n"
7915 "\n"
9161 " Valid URLs are of the form::"
9162 msgstr ""
9163 "\n"
9164 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9165 "\n"
9166 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9167 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9168 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9169 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9170 "\n"
9171 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9172 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9173 "\n"
9174 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9175 " 修改集。\n"
9176 "\n"
9177 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9178 "\n"
9179 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9180 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9181 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9182 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9183 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9184 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9185 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9186 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9187 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9188 " Compression no\n"
9189 " Host *\n"
9190 " Compression yes\n"
9191 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9192 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9193 "\n"
9194 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9195 " [paths]\n"
9196 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9197 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9198 " ...\n"
9199 "\n"
9200 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9201 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9202 "\n"
9203 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9204 "\n"
9205 " default:\n"
9206 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9207 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9208 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9209 "\n"
9210 " default-push:\n"
9211 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9212 " "
9213
9214 #, fuzzy
9215 msgid ""
7916 9216 " local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
7917 9217 " file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
7918 9218 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
7919 9219 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
7920 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
7921 "\n"
9220 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]"
9221 msgstr ""
9222 "\n"
9223 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9224 "\n"
9225 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9226 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9227 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9228 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9229 "\n"
9230 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9231 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9232 "\n"
9233 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9234 " 修改集。\n"
9235 "\n"
9236 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9237 "\n"
9238 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9239 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9240 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9241 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9242 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9243 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9244 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9245 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9246 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9247 " Compression no\n"
9248 " Host *\n"
9249 " Compression yes\n"
9250 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9251 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9252 "\n"
9253 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9254 " [paths]\n"
9255 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9256 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9257 " ...\n"
9258 "\n"
9259 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9260 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9261 "\n"
9262 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9263 "\n"
9264 " default:\n"
9265 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9266 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9267 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9268 "\n"
9269 " default-push:\n"
9270 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9271 " "
9272
9273 #, fuzzy
9274 msgid ""
7922 9275 " Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
7923 9276 " repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
7924 " incoming --bundle').\n"
7925 "\n"
9277 " incoming --bundle')."
9278 msgstr ""
9279 "\n"
9280 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9281 "\n"
9282 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9283 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9284 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9285 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9286 "\n"
9287 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9288 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9289 "\n"
9290 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9291 " 修改集。\n"
9292 "\n"
9293 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9294 "\n"
9295 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9296 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9297 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9298 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9299 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9300 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9301 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9302 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9303 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9304 " Compression no\n"
9305 " Host *\n"
9306 " Compression yes\n"
9307 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9308 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9309 "\n"
9310 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9311 " [paths]\n"
9312 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9313 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9314 " ...\n"
9315 "\n"
9316 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9317 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9318 "\n"
9319 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9320 "\n"
9321 " default:\n"
9322 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9323 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9324 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9325 "\n"
9326 " default-push:\n"
9327 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9328 " "
9329
9330 #, fuzzy
9331 msgid ""
7926 9332 " An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,\n"
7927 9333 " or changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
7928 " revisions'.\n"
7929 "\n"
9334 " revisions'."
9335 msgstr ""
9336 "\n"
9337 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9338 "\n"
9339 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9340 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9341 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9342 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9343 "\n"
9344 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9345 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9346 "\n"
9347 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9348 " 修改集。\n"
9349 "\n"
9350 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9351 "\n"
9352 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9353 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9354 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9355 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9356 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9357 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9358 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9359 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9360 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9361 " Compression no\n"
9362 " Host *\n"
9363 " Compression yes\n"
9364 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9365 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9366 "\n"
9367 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9368 " [paths]\n"
9369 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9370 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9371 " ...\n"
9372 "\n"
9373 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9374 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9375 "\n"
9376 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9377 "\n"
9378 " default:\n"
9379 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9380 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9381 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9382 "\n"
9383 " default-push:\n"
9384 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9385 " "
9386
9387 #, fuzzy
9388 msgid ""
7930 9389 " Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are\n"
7931 9390 " only possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote\n"
7932 " Mercurial server.\n"
7933 "\n"
7934 " Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n"
7935 "\n"
9391 " Mercurial server."
9392 msgstr ""
9393 "\n"
9394 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9395 "\n"
9396 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9397 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9398 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9399 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9400 "\n"
9401 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9402 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9403 "\n"
9404 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9405 " 修改集。\n"
9406 "\n"
9407 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9408 "\n"
9409 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9410 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9411 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9412 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9413 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9414 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9415 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9416 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9417 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9418 " Compression no\n"
9419 " Host *\n"
9420 " Compression yes\n"
9421 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9422 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9423 "\n"
9424 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9425 " [paths]\n"
9426 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9427 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9428 " ...\n"
9429 "\n"
9430 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9431 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9432 "\n"
9433 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9434 "\n"
9435 " default:\n"
9436 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9437 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9438 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9439 "\n"
9440 " default-push:\n"
9441 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9442 " "
9443
9444 #, fuzzy
9445 msgid " Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:"
9446 msgstr ""
9447 "\n"
9448 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9449 "\n"
9450 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9451 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9452 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9453 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9454 "\n"
9455 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9456 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9457 "\n"
9458 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9459 " 修改集。\n"
9460 "\n"
9461 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9462 "\n"
9463 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9464 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9465 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9466 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9467 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9468 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9469 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9470 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9471 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9472 " Compression no\n"
9473 " Host *\n"
9474 " Compression yes\n"
9475 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9476 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9477 "\n"
9478 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9479 " [paths]\n"
9480 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9481 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9482 " ...\n"
9483 "\n"
9484 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9485 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9486 "\n"
9487 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9488 "\n"
9489 " default:\n"
9490 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9491 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9492 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9493 "\n"
9494 " default-push:\n"
9495 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9496 " "
9497
9498 #, fuzzy
9499 msgid ""
7936 9500 " - SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination\n"
7937 9501 " machine and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as\n"
7938 9502 " remotecmd.\n"
7939 9503 " - path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.\n"
7940 9504 " Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute\n"
7941 " path::\n"
7942 "\n"
9505 " path::"
9506 msgstr ""
9507 "\n"
9508 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9509 "\n"
9510 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9511 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9512 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9513 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9514 "\n"
9515 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9516 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9517 "\n"
9518 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9519 " 修改集。\n"
9520 "\n"
9521 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9522 "\n"
9523 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9524 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9525 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9526 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9527 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9528 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9529 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9530 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9531 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9532 " Compression no\n"
9533 " Host *\n"
9534 " Compression yes\n"
9535 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9536 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9537 "\n"
9538 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9539 " [paths]\n"
9540 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9541 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9542 " ...\n"
9543 "\n"
9544 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9545 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9546 "\n"
9547 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9548 "\n"
9549 " default:\n"
9550 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9551 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9552 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9553 "\n"
9554 " default-push:\n"
9555 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9556 " "
9557
9558 #, fuzzy
9559 msgid " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository"
9560 msgstr ""
9561 "\n"
9562 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9563 "\n"
9564 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9565 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9566 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9567 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9568 "\n"
9569 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9570 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9571 "\n"
9572 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9573 " 修改集。\n"
9574 "\n"
9575 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9576 "\n"
9577 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9578 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9579 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9580 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9581 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
7943 9582 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
7944 "\n"
9583 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9584 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9585 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9586 " Compression no\n"
9587 " Host *\n"
9588 " Compression yes\n"
9589 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9590 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9591 "\n"
9592 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9593 " [paths]\n"
9594 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9595 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9596 " ...\n"
9597 "\n"
9598 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9599 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9600 "\n"
9601 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9602 "\n"
9603 " default:\n"
9604 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9605 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9606 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9607 "\n"
9608 " default-push:\n"
9609 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9610 " "
9611
9612 #, fuzzy
9613 msgid ""
7945 9614 " - Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right\n"
7946 " thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::\n"
7947 "\n"
9615 " thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::"
9616 msgstr ""
9617 "\n"
9618 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9619 "\n"
9620 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9621 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9622 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9623 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9624 "\n"
9625 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9626 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9627 "\n"
9628 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9629 " 修改集。\n"
9630 "\n"
9631 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9632 "\n"
9633 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9634 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9635 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9636 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9637 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9638 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9639 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9640 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9641 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9642 " Compression no\n"
9643 " Host *\n"
9644 " Compression yes\n"
9645 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9646 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9647 "\n"
9648 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9649 " [paths]\n"
9650 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9651 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9652 " ...\n"
9653 "\n"
9654 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9655 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9656 "\n"
9657 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9658 "\n"
9659 " default:\n"
9660 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9661 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9662 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9663 "\n"
9664 " default-push:\n"
9665 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9666 " "
9667
9668 #, fuzzy
9669 msgid ""
9670 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9671 " Compression no\n"
9672 " Host *\n"
9673 " Compression yes"
9674 msgstr ""
9675 "\n"
9676 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9677 "\n"
9678 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9679 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9680 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9681 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9682 "\n"
9683 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9684 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9685 "\n"
9686 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9687 " 修改集。\n"
9688 "\n"
9689 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9690 "\n"
9691 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9692 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9693 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9694 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9695 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9696 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9697 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9698 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
7948 9699 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
7949 9700 " Compression no\n"
7950 9701 " Host *\n"
7951 9702 " Compression yes\n"
7952 "\n"
9703 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9704 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9705 "\n"
9706 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9707 " [paths]\n"
9708 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9709 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9710 " ...\n"
9711 "\n"
9712 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9713 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9714 "\n"
9715 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9716 "\n"
9717 " default:\n"
9718 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9719 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9720 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9721 "\n"
9722 " default-push:\n"
9723 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9724 " "
9725
9726 #, fuzzy
9727 msgid ""
7953 9728 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc\n"
7954 " or with the --ssh command line option.\n"
7955 "\n"
9729 " or with the --ssh command line option."
9730 msgstr ""
9731 "\n"
9732 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9733 "\n"
9734 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9735 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9736 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9737 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9738 "\n"
9739 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9740 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9741 "\n"
9742 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9743 " 修改集。\n"
9744 "\n"
9745 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9746 "\n"
9747 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9748 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9749 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9750 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9751 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9752 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9753 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9754 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9755 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9756 " Compression no\n"
9757 " Host *\n"
9758 " Compression yes\n"
9759 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9760 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9761 "\n"
9762 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9763 " [paths]\n"
9764 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9765 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9766 " ...\n"
9767 "\n"
9768 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9769 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9770 "\n"
9771 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9772 "\n"
9773 " default:\n"
9774 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9775 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9776 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9777 "\n"
9778 " default-push:\n"
9779 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9780 " "
9781
9782 #, fuzzy
9783 msgid ""
7956 9784 " These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under\n"
7957 " the [paths] section like so::\n"
7958 "\n"
9785 " the [paths] section like so::"
9786 msgstr ""
9787 "\n"
9788 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9789 "\n"
9790 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9791 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9792 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9793 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9794 "\n"
9795 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9796 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9797 "\n"
9798 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9799 " 修改集。\n"
9800 "\n"
9801 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9802 "\n"
9803 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9804 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9805 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9806 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9807 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9808 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9809 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9810 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9811 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9812 " Compression no\n"
9813 " Host *\n"
9814 " Compression yes\n"
9815 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9816 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9817 "\n"
9818 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9819 " [paths]\n"
9820 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9821 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9822 " ...\n"
9823 "\n"
9824 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9825 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9826 "\n"
9827 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9828 "\n"
9829 " default:\n"
9830 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9831 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9832 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9833 "\n"
9834 " default-push:\n"
9835 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9836 " "
9837
9838 #, fuzzy
9839 msgid ""
7959 9840 " [paths]\n"
7960 9841 " alias1 = URL1\n"
7961 9842 " alias2 = URL2\n"
7962 " ...\n"
7963 "\n"
9843 " ..."
9844 msgstr ""
9845 "\n"
9846 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9847 "\n"
9848 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9849 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9850 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9851 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9852 "\n"
9853 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9854 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9855 "\n"
9856 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9857 " 修改集。\n"
9858 "\n"
9859 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9860 "\n"
9861 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9862 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9863 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9864 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9865 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9866 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9867 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9868 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9869 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9870 " Compression no\n"
9871 " Host *\n"
9872 " Compression yes\n"
9873 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9874 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9875 "\n"
9876 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9877 " [paths]\n"
9878 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9879 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9880 " ...\n"
9881 "\n"
9882 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9883 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9884 "\n"
9885 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9886 "\n"
9887 " default:\n"
9888 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9889 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9890 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9891 "\n"
9892 " default-push:\n"
9893 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9894 " "
9895
9896 #, fuzzy
9897 msgid ""
7964 9898 " You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
7965 " example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).\n"
7966 "\n"
9899 " example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path)."
9900 msgstr ""
9901 "\n"
9902 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9903 "\n"
9904 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9905 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9906 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9907 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9908 "\n"
9909 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9910 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9911 "\n"
9912 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9913 " 修改集。\n"
9914 "\n"
9915 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9916 "\n"
9917 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9918 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9919 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9920 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9921 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9922 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9923 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9924 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9925 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9926 " Compression no\n"
9927 " Host *\n"
9928 " Compression yes\n"
9929 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9930 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9931 "\n"
9932 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9933 " [paths]\n"
9934 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9935 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9936 " ...\n"
9937 "\n"
9938 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9939 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9940 "\n"
9941 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9942 "\n"
9943 " default:\n"
9944 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
9945 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
9946 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
9947 "\n"
9948 " default-push:\n"
9949 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
9950 " "
9951
9952 #, fuzzy
9953 msgid ""
7967 9954 " Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults\n"
7968 " when you do not provide the URL to a command:\n"
7969 "\n"
9955 " when you do not provide the URL to a command:"
9956 msgstr ""
9957 "\n"
9958 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
9959 "\n"
9960 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
9961 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9962 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9963 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
9964 "\n"
9965 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
9966 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
9967 "\n"
9968 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
9969 " 修改集。\n"
9970 "\n"
9971 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
9972 "\n"
9973 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
9974 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
9975 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
9976 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
9977 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
9978 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
9979 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
9980 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
9981 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
9982 " Compression no\n"
9983 " Host *\n"
9984 " Compression yes\n"
9985 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
9986 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
9987 "\n"
9988 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
9989 " [paths]\n"
9990 " alias1 = URL1\n"
9991 " alias2 = URL2\n"
9992 " ...\n"
9993 "\n"
9994 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
9995 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
9996 "\n"
9997 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
9998 "\n"
9999 " default:\n"
10000 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
10001 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
10002 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
10003 "\n"
10004 " default-push:\n"
10005 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
10006 " "
10007
10008 #, fuzzy
10009 msgid ""
7970 10010 " default:\n"
7971 10011 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command\n"
7972 10012 " saves the location of the source repository as the new\n"
7973 10013 " repository's 'default' path. This is then used when you omit\n"
7974 10014 " path from push- and pull-like commands (including incoming and\n"
7975 " outgoing).\n"
7976 "\n"
10015 " outgoing)."
10016 msgstr ""
10017 "\n"
10018 " 有效的位置格式:\n"
10019 "\n"
10020 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n"
10021 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
10022 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
10023 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n"
10024 "\n"
10025 " 位于本地文件系统中的路径可以指向版本库,也可以指向打包的文件(被\n"
10026 " 'hg bundle' 或 'hg incoming --bundle' 创建)。\n"
10027 "\n"
10028 " 在 '#' 后面可选的标识符用于指定要取得的远程版本库的分支,标签或\n"
10029 " 修改集。\n"
10030 "\n"
10031 " 仅当远程水银服务器显式启用时,才能推到 'http://' 和 'https://'。\n"
10032 "\n"
10033 " 在水银中使用 SSH 的一些提示:\n"
10034 " - 使用 SSH 时,需要在远程主机上有可登录帐号,远程路径中还需要有\n"
10035 " hg,或者有指定的远程命令。\n"
10036 " - 默认 'path' 是相对于远程主机上的用户家目录。\n"
10037 " 可以在路径前增加一个斜线指定绝对路径:\n"
10038 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
10039 " - 水银使用 SSH 时不使用压缩,所以你可以在 ~/.ssh/config 中配置\n"
10040 " SSH 执行压缩,例如:\n"
10041 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
10042 " Compression no\n"
10043 " Host *\n"
10044 " Compression yes\n"
10045 " 另一个方法是在你的 hgrc 中将 \"ssh -C\" 作为你的 ssh 命令,或\n"
10046 " 用于命令行参数 '--ssh' 中。\n"
10047 "\n"
10048 " 这些路径可以在你的 'hgrc' 中的节 '[paths]' 中定义别名:\n"
10049 " [paths]\n"
10050 " alias1 = URL1\n"
10051 " alias2 = URL2\n"
10052 " ...\n"
10053 "\n"
10054 " 然后你就可以在任意命令中使用这些别名作为路径(例如 'hg pull alias1'\n"
10055 " 会从 'alias1' 定义的路径取得指定版本)。\n"
10056 "\n"
10057 " 因为用于默认路径,所以这 2 个路径别名比较特殊:\n"
10058 "\n"
10059 " default:\n"
10060 " 当你使用 'hg clone' 创建版本库时,此命令会将源版本库的位置保存\n"
10061 " 为新版本库的 'default' 路径,然后你可以对类似 'push' 和 'pull'\n"
10062 " 的命令省略路径(包含进和出)。\n"
10063 "\n"
10064 " default-push:\n"
10065 " 命令 'push' 会查找别名是 'default-push' 的路径,它覆盖定义 'default'。\n"
10066 " "
10067
10068 #, fuzzy
10069 msgid ""
7977 10070 " default-push:\n"
7978 10071 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
7979 10072 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
@@ -8057,9 +10150,7 b' msgstr ""'
8057 10150 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
8058 10151 msgstr "非本地版本库 '%s'"
8059 10152
8060 msgid ""
8061 "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone "
8062 "by revision"
10153 msgid "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone by revision"
8063 10154 msgstr ""
8064 10155
8065 10156 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
@@ -8084,9 +10175,7 b' msgstr "%d \xe4\xb8\xaa\xe6\x96\x87\xe4\xbb\xb6%s"'
8084 10175 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
8085 10176 msgstr ""
8086 10177
8087 msgid ""
8088 "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg up --clean' to "
8089 "abandon\n"
10178 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg up --clean' to abandon\n"
8090 10179 msgstr ""
8091 10180
8092 10181 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
@@ -8438,9 +10527,7 b' msgstr ""'
8438 10527 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
8439 10528 msgstr "正在请求全部修改\n"
8440 10529
8441 msgid ""
8442 "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support "
8443 "changegroupsubset."
10530 msgid "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support changegroupsubset."
8444 10531 msgstr ""
8445 10532
8446 10533 #, python-format
@@ -8577,9 +10664,7 b' msgid "diff context lines count must be '
8577 10664 msgstr ""
8578 10665
8579 10666 #, python-format
8580 msgid ""
8581 "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: "
8582 "'%s'"
10667 msgid "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: '%s'"
8583 10668 msgstr ""
8584 10669
8585 10670 #, python-format
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now